DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE AFSCMAN21-102

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE

OKLAHOMA CITY AIR LOGISTICS COMPLEX (AFMC)

TINKER AIR FORCE BASE OKLAHOMA

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01

21 MARCH 2022

REISSUED: 12 March 2024

MEMORANDUM FOR DISTRIBUTION C

MAJCOMs/FOAs/DRUs

FROM: OC-ALC/QA

3001 Staff Drive, Suite 2U77

Tinker AFB, OK 73145

SUBJECT: Air Force Guidance Memorandum to AFSCMAN21-102OC-ALCSUP, Depot

Maintenance Management

By Order of the Commander of the Oklahoma City Air Logistics Complex (OC-ALC),

this Air Force Guidance Memorandum immediately changes AFSCMAN21-102OC-ALCSUP.

Compliance with this Memorandum is mandatory. To the extent its directions are inconsistent

with other Air Force publications; the information herein prevails, in accordance with DAFI 33-

360, Publications and Forms Management.

This Memorandum becomes void after one year has elapsed from the date of this

Memorandum, or upon incorporation by interim change to, or rewrite of AFSCMAN21-

102_OC-ALCSUP, whichever is earlier.

BRIAN R. MOORE, Brigadier General

USAF Commander, OC-ALC

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Attachment

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01

Chapter 2

DEPOT MAINTENANCE WORK MEASUREMENT

2.2.2.2. (Added) Depot Maintenance Work Measurement Program (Labor standard Review).

2.1.1.1.1. (Added) This chapter provides guidance for the Depot Maintenance Work

Measurement Program. This program addresses use of direct labor methods, standards, and

work measurement. This chapter also outlines when labor standard reviews should be performed

and the OC-ALC approval process.

2.1.1.1.2. (Added) The Depot Maintenance Work Measurement Program is an annual review

of labor standards. In accordance with AFSCMAN 21-102 Chapter 2, labor standard reviews will

be accomplished budget lead-time away. Budget lead-time away for Engines and MISTR

workloads is defined as the period of 1 Oct thru 31 Jan for each fiscal year to support upcoming

pricing and budget cycles. No labor standard adjustments/changes will be allowed outside this

period, except for the following:

2.1.1.1.2.1. (Added) New workload

2.1.1.1.2.2. (Added) Tech Order changes

2.1.1.1.3. (Added) Aircraft will use the Aircraft Missile Requirements (AMR) process.

2.1.1.1.4. (Added) Review requirements: At minimum, production group planning

organizations should review PDN labor standards representing the top 20% of the overall group

production hour variance. Reports/logic used to determine top 20% drivers should represent at

least one year of data.

2.1.1.1.5. (Added) Approval limits: Labor standard adjustments exceeding +/- 10% standard

hours variance (by PDN) require OC-ALC/OBW chief approval.

2.1.1.1.6. (Added) Approval process: Final approval must be obtained before any

adjustments are made. All requests requiring OC-ALC/OBW approval will be sent via eSSS to

[email protected] in accordance with the below guidance.

2.1.1.1.6.1. (Added) Minimum coordination includes: squadron planning chief & group

MXDS chief or assigned alternate.

2.1.1.1.6.2. (Added) Include a brief summary/justification explaining the increase/decrease.

2.1.1.1.6.3. (Added) All labor standard review documentation, as attachment(s).

2.1.1.1.6.4. (Added) Logic: Include systems used and/or calculations to warrant

adjustment.

2.1.1.1.6.5. (Added) Timeline: Submitted not prior to 1 Oct and no later than 10 Jan.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

2.1.1.1.7. (Added) OC-ALC/OBW approval/disapproval will be returned within 15 business

days of submittal.

2.1.1.1.7.1. (Added) Approved: If approved, planner will send a copy of MM1 report

showing the 9999 history lines screen in E046B, which shows: old standard hours, new standard

hours, date of change, and the reason for the increase.

2.1.1.1.7.2. (Added) Disapproved: If disapproved, OC-ALC/OBW will send an email

response with rationale explaining disapproval.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Chapter 4

CAPITAL INVESTMENT PROGRAM (CIP)

4.1.2.22.2. (Changed) IT and/or communications projects will initially be coordinated with

72 ABW/SCXP. The SCXP will assist in getting the project loaded to the approved requirements

tracking system for review when necessary. Project discussions will start once an IT and/or

communications requirement is identified. During the planning stage, the IT investing

organization will provide IT investment information to the IT investment Portfolio Managers for

registration review. The IT investing organization will appoint primary and alternate program

managers to manage the IT investment and provide required information via the local Portfolio

Management (PfM) process. AF IT investments are registered and reported in the Information

Technology Investment Portfolio Suite (ITIPS). The organization will appoint primary and

alternate program managers to manage the IT investment via the local PfM process. Once an

investment is registered, the owner will be guided through compliance areas such as National

Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) and Clinger-Cohen Act (CCA) approval. Contact the AFSC

Tinker IT Portfolio Management Team via the Community site:

https://usaf.dps.mil/teams/22386/pfm/afsc-

tinker/SitePages/AFSC%20Tinker%20IT%20PfM%20Community%20Site.aspx. Use the PfM

Team e-mail address for contacting the first available team member. Additional AF IT

Investment PfM and ITIPS information and links are located on the PFM site. The NDAA

Defense Business System (DBS) Organizational Execution Plan (OEP) certification process can

take up to one year for final approval.

4.1.6.1.1. (Changed) The group CIP monitor and/or project engineer are responsible for

creating the Comprehensive Cost and Requirements (CCaR) record at the group level. Upon

identification of a requirement that meets CIP guidelines, a CCaR record will be created. At a

minimum, the record must contain known project information including the project name,

estimated cost, project engineer, and project point of contact (POC). Additional supporting

documentation, such as: vendor estimates, statement of work (SOW), statement of objectives,

etc., must be loaded to the project’s CCaR in the “Tools” section under “Attachments”.

4.1.7.7.1. (Changed) The ALC business office, in coordination with the group business

office and the group CIP monitor, must validate all workload projections prior to submitting data

for the EA and scoring the ALC analysis portion of the CCaR record.

4.1.7.14.2. (Changed) Hierarchy of controls determination is listed on the CCaR record

under DIFMS Project Information tab with a “YES” or “NO” drop-down response. If “YES” is

selected, the project requires PPE, and the CIP project engineer is required to attach to the CCaR

record, the hierarchy of controls statement form and supporting documentation stating the

methodology of how the determination was made. If “NO” is selected, the project must not

require any form of PPE and must also attach to the CCaR record a statement form that no PPE

is required. The PARTALC Analysis scores will not be approved if no selection is chosen and/or

no supporting documentation is provided.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

4.1.8.1.1. (Changed) The requirement’s POC/engineer will assess each requirement against

the ALC RLMT asset scoring matrix to calculate each requirement’s total score. The

requirement’s POC/engineer will also perform analysis on unquantifiable/intangible issues that

may impact the decision-making process. The POC/engineer will provide a written justification

to leadership outlining why their requirement should be considered for funding. The written

justification will address those unquantifiable/intangible issues, which may include but not

limited to, future workload, capacity, capabilities, additive manufacturing requirements,

technology insertions/reverse engineering, accreditation/authorizations, automated test stand

requirements, energy, customer demands, repatriation of workload, etc. Each requirement’s total

score and written justification will be reviewed by a Subject Matter Expert (SMEs) panel, group

leadership, the ALC technical director, and ALC leadership. A strategic decision will be made by

ALC/CC and group requirement POCs/engineers are notified of their requirements approval by

ALC leadership for submission. The POC/engineer will commence developing the

documentation required for the EA, create a CCaR record for the approved and back-up

requirements, and procurement package. Once the AFSC/LZDA data call is received for CIP

requirements the approved listing/supporting documentation will become the submittal for the

ALC. The budget submission shall be developed with a cost effective mindset. Historically, the

ALC would submit requirements in-line with the anticipated depreciation amount for each FY

applicable to the Task Management Tool (TMT); however, if the submittal is not within +/- 10%

of the deprecation amount, justification will be provided with the ALC submission.

4.1.9.3.1. (Changed) The ALC CIP managers will calculate and provide estimated

depreciation figures to AFSC/LZDA with the budget submission. The depreciation estimates

include projects listed on the fixed asset report currently depreciating, projects that have not

reached Full Operational Capability (FOC), but are expected to reach FOC during the budget

cycle submission plus two years, as well as, projects from the current execution year expected to

be completed in the budget cycle submission plus two years. The estimate should also take into

account any remaining depreciation for anticipated contributed assets.

4.1.9.4.1. (Changed) To facilitate standardization, the ALC implemented a gated process

that assists leadership in identifying potential risk areas that may result in contract award delays.

The ALC CIP managers will establish internal timelines (Figure 4.5.) via the established gated

process outlining the milestone dates for verifying, validating, prioritizing, and approving the

ALC’s recommended investments in order to meet the annual CIP data call suspense. The

timelines included are associated with budget submission, package submission to contracting,

and Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) obligation goals. Additionally, all prioritized

projects must contain supporting documentation to justify the requirement being submitted for

AFSC/CA funding consideration.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Figure 4.1. (Added) Example Gate Tracker Milestone Dates.

4.1.9.6.2.1. (Changed) When the CIP data call suspense is received from AFSC/LZ, the

ALC requirements prioritization process has already begun and will feed the ALC’s submission.

The process outlined in Paragraph 4.1.8.1.1 will be followed to prioritize and select

requirements; that process begins in January the year prior to the budget submittal date. The

AFSC/LZ data call will be sent to the group and staff office workflow boxes, as well as, the

group CIP monitors and will include detailed submission requirements, due dates, and required

templates. The submission will be for the budget year and two out years. The group CIP

monitors and/or assigned project engineer are expected to compile their package requirements to

include a CCaR record, EA, EIP or EEP, PIAP (if applicable), Hierarchy of Controls, and other

supporting documentation to substantiate the score in the ALC Analysis portion of the CCaR

record for each project in the budget year. The ALC CIP managers will review and compile the

submission to provide to AFSC/LZDA.

4.1.9.6.3.1. (Changed) AFSC/LZDA will work with the ALC CIP managers to resolve any

questions to ensure all projects are given equivalent consideration. The ALC CIP managers will

resolve any discrepancies with the group CIP monitors and group project engineer within three

business days of notification.

4.1.11.5.1. (Changed) The target load sheet will be submitted to 72 CPTS/FMAS and

AFSC/FZR for input to GAFS-BQ and DIFMS, respectively, at the project level within two

business days of approval in CCaR. Once the funds are loaded in the financial systems, the ALC

CIP managers will notify the group CIP monitors/project engineers that funding documents can

be released for coordination.

4.1.12.4. (Changed) The ALC Baseline Obligation Plan is created in coordination with

Contracting based on estimated contract award dates and considerations of Military

Interdepartmental Purchase Request (MIPR) acceptance dates for MIPR projects. The ALC CIP

manager will coordinate the proposed plan with group CIP monitors prior to providing the

baseline obligation plan to AFSC/LZDA.

AOP MILESTONE GOALS

27-Nov-18

14-Dec-18

04-Jan-19

21-Jan-19

26-Apr-19

17-May-19

29-Jun-19

01-Jul-19

15-Jul-19

01-Aug-19

25-Aug-19

27-Sep-19

11-Oct-19

31-Dec-19

IERB

ePART

Form &

Full EA or

Waiver

Tech

Director

Review of

e-PARTS

Complex

Approval

Authority

Advertise

Letter

SOW or

SOO

Market

Research

Report

Tech Eval

Plan

Draft

PR/MIPR

Submit

completed

package to-

PK -

Approval

Legal

Review

Issue

Solicitation

Receive

Bid/Prop

Tech

Review-

Engineer

Legal

Review /

Contract

Award

Funds

Obligation

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

4.1.14.2.1. (Changed) Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) guidance

provides all 3400 federal supply stock class equipment will be purchased by the Defense

Logistics Agency (DLA). The AFSC/CC MIPR approval coordination process is managed by

purchase request (PR)/MIPR control 429 SCMS/GUMAB using their MIPR coordination

system.

4.1.16.1.2.1. (Changed) Reprogramming is handled by AFSC/LZDA on behalf of the ALC.

If an out-of-cycle requirement is identified or a cost increase is required and funding is not

available in the capability the requirement has been identified against, a reprogramming action

must occur. Once the ALC CIP managers are notified by the group CIP monitor of a pending

requirement, the ALC CIP manager will notify AFSC/LZDA of pending requirement and take

appropriate action.

4.1.19.1.1. (Changed) The approval consideration process for an out-of- cycle, emergency,

and back-up investment project are the same as the regular approval coordination process. These

processes include the creation of the CCaR record, EA, group CC approval, technical director

approval, and ALC CIP manager’s approval before the project will be submitted to AFSC/LZ for

consideration. The CIP managers will submit to AFSC/LZDA upon receipt of all required

documentation and signatory authorities.

4.1.22.8.1. (Changed) OC-ALC ensures projects FOC IAW the Engineering Execution Plan

(EEP)/Engineering Implementation Plan (EIP). Often projects have multiple deliverables

required to be in place prior to the project engineer declaring functional acceptability. In the

event a contract is not written to delineate required deliverables on separate Contract Line Item

Numbers (CLINs), the group CIP monitor, project engineer, or equipment custodian must

delineate the deliverables on the documentation required for FOC as determined by AFSC/FZR.

Once the equipment has reached FOC, it is the group CIP monitor, project engineer, and

equipment custodian’s (EC)’s responsibility to ensure the necessary documentation is completed

to get the equipment added to DIFMS and Defense Property Accountability System (DPAS).

DIFMS is the financial system used to maintain project depreciation records. DPAS is the system

used by the base equipment custodians to maintain equipment records. Additional instructions on

completing the necessary forms to add projects to DIFMS and DPAS can be found in AFSC SOP

– CIP Fixed Assets Capitalization and Modifications: Working Capital Fund - CIP Fixed Assets

Capitalization and Modifications.pdf - All Documents (dps.mil). Sample forms are located at the

following site: SOPs - Templates and Support Files - All Documents (dps.mil).

4.1.22.9. (Changed) Current and prior year project execution should be continually monitored

by the ALC CIP Manager to ensure any excess funds are returned to AFSC/LZDA in a timely

manner. Constant monitoring reduces the number of adjustments needed for the end of the year

close out. Execution activity is monitored by the CIP managers and documentation is

accomplished within FMSuite to ensure the tri-annual review (TAR) suspense is met.

Appropriate documentation uploaded to FMSuite will include at a minimum a justification for

why the obligation remains valid or what tasks are being accomplished to reduce outstanding

residuals.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

4.2.5.1.1.1. (Changed) The estimated depreciation included in the OC-ALC CIP budget

submission to AFSC/LZDA should include assets on the Fixed Asset Report with remaining

book value, assets on the FOC tracker or current year project list which are planned to be placed

in service within the budget period, as well as any anticipated contributed assets with remaining

book value.

4.2.5.2.1. (Changed) Documentation to support the value must be provided during the

transfer of equipment for addition to the equipment file and a copy provided to AFSC/FZR. The

depreciation cost value will be added to the DIFMS financial system by AFSC/FZR.

4.2.9.2.1. (Deleted) (Added) The project engineer must ensure all delivered equipment is

installed and achieves FOC IAW with EEP/EIP. If the asset will not achieve FOC by the

projected date, the project engineer must provide an action plan for achieving FOC to the group

CIP monitor and ALC CIP managers.

4.4.8.1.1. (Changed) Prior to the beginning of the FY, skeleton records will be built in

Departmental Cash Management System - Skeleton Records (DCMS DSK). Final accounting

addresses will not be available until the beginning of the new FY. During the year of execution,

if a new line of accounting needs to be established, the CIP manager will accomplish a 72 CPTS

address build template with the appropriate accounting elements and send to the 72 CPTS

workflow account requesting creation in General Accounting and Finance System (GAFS-BQ).

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Chapter 7

WORK CONTROL DOCUMENT (WCD) AND TECHNICAL DATA

7.2.2.3. (Added) WCD reviews do not require a PPT meeting and will be documented on an

AFSC Form 500-2 WCD Review Checklist. When a WCD review requires a PPT meeting, it

will be documented on an AFSC Form 500 Documentation of Production Planning Team (PPT)

Meeting Minutes. Ref. AFSCMAN 21-102, Para 7.2.9. through 7.2.9.1.

7.2.2.4. (Added) AFSC Form 500-2 WCD Review Checklist is not required when an

AFSC Form 957 is submitted for typographical error corrections or clerical change requests as

this would not trigger a WCD review.

7.2.19.6. (Added) The IET stamp is used to verify pen and ink changes to existing WCDs.

7.2.19.6.1. (Added) Pen and ink changes are administrative in nature (i.e., AFMC Form 202

number change, Technical data reference change, verbiage change, etc.). The IET will line

through the incorrect information and make the changes to the WCD then stamp/date as close as

possible to the change. All pen and ink changes need to be corrected in the effected systems for

WCDs ASAP.

7.3.4.1.4.1. (Added) Expeditors in the production maintenance groups are not issued

maintenance stamps for certification of work accomplished. Expeditors who receive and uncrate

incoming assets awaiting induction into production will legibly affix their printed name, job title,

legal signature, and date in the "Uncrate" task description block on the WCD as proof of

completion. Expeditors will only uncrate assets if the WCD certification block is coded "X" as

this code does not require any PAC certifications. If the WCD certification block for "Uncrate" is

coded "M", a PAC certified mechanic must accomplish the work and stamp the certification

block.

7.4.3.5. (Added) Stamp Management. All Groups MXDS will implement procedures to

maintain control of maintenance stamps to include, at a minimum, the following:

7.4.3.5.1. (Added) List the responsibilities of the Stamp Monitor.

7.4.3.5.2. (Added) Administrative procedures/criteria for request, issue, control,

accountability, revocation, and recall of stamps.

7.4.3.5.3. (Added) The requirements for documenting request, issue, receipt relocation, loss

and annual inventory of stamps.

7.4.6.10. (Added) The Aircraft Maintenance Group’s allotment of numbers further segregates

the stamps by use of an alpha letter—A for all Aircraft Squadron Production Flight stamps, and

X for 76 AMXG Expeditionary Depot Maintenance (EDMX) Flight stamps.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Chapter 8

QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA)

8.4.1.11.5.1. (Changed) Group LEAP site managers (known hereafter as group site

managers) serve as the primary focal point for LEAP within their group. Each organization is

authorized two group site managers, a primary and an alternate. Additional group site managers

may be requested by submitting a letter/e-mail to the Complex site manager. The duties of the

group site manager shall include, but not be limited to: [Note: 76th Software Engineering

Group (76 SWEG) and 76th Maintenance Support Group (76 MXSG) will belong under the OC-

ALC/QASC and is exempt from this requirement.]

8.4.1.11.5.6. (Changed) Submits in writing any e-mail issues, problems, recommendations

relating to LEAP software to the Complex Site Manager.

8.4.1.11.5.8. (Changed) Updates personnel profiles (evaluated persons) names, stamp

numbers, and organizations within the LEAP system.

8.4.1.11.5.9. (Deleted) Establishes a new assessment control number at the beginning of

each FY.

8.4.1.11.5.10. (Deleted) May establish and maintain customer feedback forms for

users/customers within their group.

8.4.3.5.1. (Changed) The following flow chart (Figure 8.1.) defines the process for tracking

Evaluator Proficiency Evaluation (EPE)s in TSS. EPEs will be documented in LEAP as EPE in

the quality assessment type block using “Quality Assurance” in the assessment category block

and “Evaluate the Evaluator” in the checklist block.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Figure 8.2. (Changed) PE/TSS Process for OC-ALC.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

8.4.4.1.6.1. (Deleted) Vehicle inspections will be input as MIs in LEAP and sent to the

owner of the vehicle, their supervisor for information or action, and the group QA office

workflow account. 76 AMXG organizations are required to fill in blocks in accordance with

IAW Table 8.6, and send the AFMC Form 343 to the respective squadron workflow account, as

well as the supervisor.

8.4.4.1.6.2. (Changed) Occupational Health and Environmental inspections accomplished

will be input as MIs in LEAP. Occupational Health and Environmental organizations are

required to fill in blocks IAW Table 8.6 and send the AFMC Form 343 to the respective

squadron workflow account, as well as the supervisor.

8.4.4.2.1.7. (Changed) No extensions will be granted for suspense dates. Issuing QA office

has two working days for acceptance or rejection of the AFMC Form 343 corrective/preventative

action(s). If a corrective/preventive action (CA/PA) is unacceptable/inadequate, the QAS will

notify the responsible person that a new CA/PA is required and document block 39 (Comments)

stating the QAS is working with the responsible person so an adequate CA/PA can be completed

in a timely matter.

8.4.4.2.1.10. (Changed) Failed follow-up inspections will be briefed to the supervisor or

designated work center official and the AFMC Form 343 documented as “failed follow-up” with

details of the failure in follow-up assessment block. A new AFMC form 343 will be opened and

a new finding will be completed referencing the original control number of the failed follow-up.

The date used on the new finding will be the date of the failed follow-up. The original finding

page will be closed. The shop supervisor or designated work center official will be notified and

will be required to input a new corrective action.

8.4.4.2.1.11. (Changed) Data generated from the submittal of subject forms shall be entered

and maintained in LEAP. LEAP provides approved users direct access for inputting, editing, and

viewing of data. Depot personnel may access LEAP for “View Only” purposes provided they

submit a Form DD2875, to their responsible group LEAP site manager.

8.4.5.3.4.3. (Changed) Minimum data fields contained in LEAP AFMC Form 343 will

include the following (Table 8.6.). MXSG and SWEG inspections are conducted by OC-

ALC/QASC. Items required for QASC, but not applicable to MXSG and SWEG will be

annotated on Table 8.6.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Table 8.6. (Changed) Populating AFMC Form 343 in LEAP.

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

Quality

Assessment

Type

QVI – Quality Verification

Inspection

QVIQ-Quality Verification

Inspection Q-Stamps

RI – Routine Inspection

PE – Personnel Evaluation

SI – Special Inspection

MI – Management Inspection

DSV – Detected Safety Violation

TDV – Technical Data Violation

UCR – Unsatisfactory Condition

Report

EPE – Evaluator Proficiency

Evaluation

RII – Required Inspection Items

(FAA)

Yes; system requirement

Date Of

Evaluation

Date of assessment-select from

calendar.

Yes; system requirement

Assessment

Start Time

Four-digit designator in military

time format (numbers only).

Yes; system requirement

Total

Assessment

Time

Total time used to complete

inspection (numbers and decimal).

Yes; system requirement

Control

Number

System generated Evaluation

number.

Yes; auto-generated field

Assessment

Category

Category of the inspection type for

MIs and SIs (associated with block

8).

In-Process or End-Process for QVI,

QVIQ and RII.

Yes; OC-ALC required on

ALL EPE, MI, SI, QVI,

QVIQ and RII inspections.

EPE select Quality

Assurance.

Sub Category

Routine Inspection List

Yes; OC-ALC required on

ALL RILs.

Checklist

Name

HQ or Local checklist used

(associated with block 6)

Yes; OC-ALC required on

ALL EPE, RII, SI or MI. EPE

select Evaluate the Evaluator

Assessment

Rating

Quality rating assigned to each

assessment: QAR-1, QAR-3, or Not

Rated (Not Rated inspections must

be approved)

Yes; system requirement

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

Misc

Free text field used at the discretion

of QA Groups.

OC-ALC required for all

EPEs (enter QAS name).

QASC required for in-process

QVIs (HIGH CRITICAL;

HIGH; MEDIUM; LOW),

QVIQs with planned WCDs

use Q, hand scribed

inspections use QVIQ.

MXSG/SWEG excluded.

Group

Assessed

Group Assessed during inspection

Yes; system requirement

Squadron

Assessed

Squadron assessed during inspection

As applicable. QASP

required.

12a

Flight

Assessed

Flight assessed during inspection

As applicable.

12b

Section

Assessed

Section assessed during inspection

As applicable. QASP

required for RCC codes.

QASC required for Unit

shops.

Person

Evaluated

Name of person responsible for

work/object being evaluated.

Yes; OC-ALC required on

ALL PE, RII, QVI, and QVIQ

inspections. Recommended

for all other inspections where

applicable.

Stamp Number

Stamp number of person responsible

for work/object being evaluated.

System generated block when

applicable.

Yes; OC-ALC required on

ALL PE, QVI and QVIQ

inspections. Recommended

for all other inspections where

applicable.

MXSG/SWEG excluded.

Product / Process / Task / Service Assessment Classifier

15a

NSN

National Stock Number (####-##-

###-######)

QASA – AIDR RCN when

applicable. QASC required

when available;

15b

P/N

Manufacturer part number

identifying an item, assembly, end

item, or equipment.

QASC & QASP required on

PE, QVI, & QVIQ, optional

otherwise.

MXSG/SWEG excluded

15c

S/N

Serial number. A unique number

that identifies an item, assembly,

end item or equipment.

QASA – Tool Box # when

applicable. QASC & QASP

required on product if

available, optional otherwise.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

15d

Item

Description

A description of the product,

process, task, or service being

evaluated. If a product inspection,

the description should be consistent

with the Illustrated Parts

Breakdown.

Yes; OC-ALC required.

QASP-use WCD title or pre-

test/post-test engine

inspection

15e

JON

Job Order Number. A number that

identifies an accounting entity.

As applicable. QASC add

gate Complete/Incomplete

15f

MDS/TMS

List the Mission Design Series or

Type Model Series.

Yes; OC-ALC requirement on

all QVI, QVIQ and PE

inspections

MXSG/SWEG excluded

15g

WPN

Weapon System Code. Identifies a

weapon system type.

Yes; OC-ALC required on all

QVI, QVIQ and PE

inspections. QASP use

(PMXG). QASC use

(CMXG). MXSG/SWEG

excluded

15h

Tail Number

Tail number of aircraft being

inspected.

Required by QASA when

applicable, otherwise, if

available

15i

WUC

Work Unit Code

Required by QASA when

applicable, otherwise if

available. QASP to identify

ITN on PE and QVIs

15j

WCD Number

Work Control Document code

QASA - Task Inspection

Code, if applicable. WCD ID

number required for QASC &

QASP on ALL PE, QVI, &

QVIQ.

MXSG/SWEG excluded

15k

Operation

Number

Operation Number of a production

process

Yes; OC-ALC required for

ALL PE, QVI & QVIQ

inspections, except

MXSG/SWEG.

Recommended for all other

inspections when applicable.

15l

Control

Number

Control Number use determined by

each QA group and defined by local

directive.

QASA - Gate number/0

required. QASC required for

PE & QVI (if available),

QASC T-jobs put P/N,

optional otherwise. QASP

required Audit Code.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

15m

PAC Task

Code

PAC/TSS Task Code for task being

evaluated

OC-ALC required TSS task

code on all PE, RII, QVI, and

QVIQ inspections.

MXSG/SWEG end process

excluded.

15n

Type

Maintenance

Type of maintenance performed:

Organic or Contractor

As applicable

15o

Product Area

Code that identifies shop/back shop,

file location, or ramp space.

Designates location where the

inspection was conducted.

Yes; system requirement

15p

Product

Location

Code that identifies exact building,

ramp space, etc., where inspection

occurred or group area.

Yes; system requirement

15q

Sample Size

Sample size of product or area

inspected.

Required for RI inspections

and when applicable on MI

inspections

15r

AQL

Used to indicate the acceptable

quality limit of the inspection

performed.

Yes; system requirement

15s

Other

Field reserved for use by each QA

group.

QASA requires Inspection ID

code number, QASC requires

ITN/LDMS number on PE

and QVIs, optional otherwise.

MXSG/SWEG excluded

15t

Defect

Category

Defect code category

Yes; system requirement

15u

Defect Code

Defect code description

Yes; system requirement

15v

Deficiency

Class

Rating value assigned to each

discrepancy: minor, major, or not

rated.

Yes; system requirement. ZD

inspections will use “Not

Rated”.

15w

Repeat

Finding/

Deficiency

Used to show the deficiency has

been reported before, within a

specified time frame.

Yes; system requirement

Yes if showing a continuous

problem. If used, yes would

indicate the same problem

within the RCC within six

months. If yes for QASA,

enter repeat AFMC IMT 343

control number in block 20.

Evaluator

Name

Name of person who performed the

assessment.

Yes; auto-generated field

Evaluator

Organization

Parent organization identifier of

person who performed the

assessment.

Yes; auto-generated field

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

Finding /

Deficiency

Number

Each finding gets an auto-generated

Deficiency number associated with

the Evaluation number.

Yes; auto-generated field

Finding /

Deficiency

Describe the finding/deficiency

Yes, system requirement

Supporting/

Additional

Information

References to support noted

deficiency; comment to describe

task being performed and other

information that may be helpful.

Optional, but highly

recommended. QASP

required. Sub-op description

and any other pertinent

information. QASC

document what gate was

inspected.

MXSG/SWEG excluded

Reference AFI,

AFMCI, TO,

PO, Drawing

etc.

Regulation guidance, technical

order, process order, drawings, etc.

Used for the inspection or to identify

a discrepancy.

Yes; OC-ALC required on all

inspections, list primary tech

data

Reference

Chapter, Page,

and/or

Paragraph

Identifies the chapter, page, and/or

paragraph numbers (only) to the

reference used in block 21.

Yes; OC-ALC required on all

deficiencies. At a minimum,

must have paragraph number.

Finding/

Deficiency

Validator

Chief Evaluator or Site Manager

reviews 343 for accuracy and

validates that data, finding, and

deficiency code are correct.

OC-ALC required on all

QAR3 deficiencies

Responsible

Person

Name of person responsible for the

area where inspection was

conducted.

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Responsible

Organization

Organization identifier of person

who is responsible for area.

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Suspense Date

Suspense date for submittal of

corrective/preventative action by

responsible person (area

owner/organization).

Yes; auto-generated field

Corrective

Action

Action taken by the responsible

organization to correct the noted

deficiency.

Yes; OC-ALC requirement.

Input by the assessed

organization.

RCA Category

RCA category designator

Optional. May be requested

by QA

RCA Code

Three part code which categorizes

defects by root cause. Entered by

responsible person at time of

corrective/preventative input into

LEAP.

Optional. May be requested

by QA

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

Corrected By

Name of individual who performed

corrective action

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Corrected By

Organization

Organization of person who

performed the corrective action

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Action Date

Date corrective action performed

Yes; OC-ALC requirement.

Use calendar selection

Planned

Action To

Prevent

Recurrence

Action taken by the responsible

organization to prevent noted

deficiency recurrence.

Optional. May be requested

by QA

Performed By

Name of individual who is

responsible for implementing the

preventative action

Optional. May be requested

by QA

Organization

Organization of person who is

responsible for implementing the

preventative action

Optional. May be requested

by QA

Plan Date

Date responsible organization plans

to have preventative action in place

Optional. May be requested

by QA.

Use calendar selection

Accept / Reject

Indicated whether a

corrective/preventative action is

accepted or rejected (Quality

function)

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Date

Date Quality accepts/rejects the

proposed corrective/preventative

action

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Use calendar selection

Comments

Any relative comments relating to

the acceptance/rejection of the

AFMC IMT 343

OC-ALC requirement for all

rejections

QA Follow-Up

Assessment

Findings of follow-up assessment by

Quality, evaluating implementation

of corrective/preventative action

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Follow-Up By

Name of person performing follow-

up assessment

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Follow-Up By

Organization

Organization of person performing

follow-up assessment

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Completion

Date

Date follow-up assessment

completed. This closes the form and

finding when date is entered and

saved.

Yes; OC-ALC requirement.

This action closes the

Evaluation and the Finding.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

8.6.1. (Changed) Current ISO/AS9110/ISO 9001 standard auditing. QAI is responsible for

planning and conducting internal current ISO/AS9110 standard program (non-weapon system

specific) audits within the OC-ALC to meet requirements contained in the current ISO/AS9110,

and ISO 9001 standard. OC-ALC organizations will be audited to current ISO/AS9110 standard.

8.6.3.1. (Changed) CATS will be used to record non-conformances identified as well as the

corrective actions IAW OCALCI90-420 and this supplement. An AFMC Form 343 may be used

when a finding is an isolated occurrence not directly related to or impacting the product or

service being provided and would not normally be identified as a current ISO AS9110/ISO9001

standard audit finding.

8.6.5.3. (Changed) Closure verification inspection performed on a CATS worksheet shall be

conducted by the issuing organization within 10 working days of request for closure. The

purpose of the verification audit is to verify successful implementation of the CAP and its

effective resolution of the problem. A 120 day follow-up inspection will be conducted after CAP

closure by the issuing organization to determine if the effectiveness of the CAP is being

maintained. Groups will be notified via e-mail when verification and/or follow-up activities are

unsuccessful. All verification and follow-ups will be documented as required by OCALCI90-

420.

8.6.7. (Deleted) Each group shall identify Level I and, as applicable, Level II CAP approval

authority for their organization as required by OCALCI90-420. A Level II approving authority

will be required for organizations performing internal audits within their groups. For all CARs,

the Level I approval is performed by a Level I authority within the assessed organization and the

CAR is forwarded to the assessing organization. For all CARs issued as a result of a Complex

level or external audit (registrar) the Level II approval authority is the Complex Quality office

and Level I approval authority is the OC-ALC/QA. The Level II approval authority for other

CARS will be the designated Level II approval authority within the organization that issued the

CAR. Level I and Level II approval authorities will document, process, review, approve and/or

disapprove CAR/CAP IAW the process and procedures contained in OCALCI90-420.

8.6.7.1. (Deleted) Level I and Level II approval authorities within the OC-ALC will review

and approve or disapprove the CAR, and CAP based on the requirements and using the process

contained in OCALCI90-420.

8.6.9. (Changed) The appointed OAA shall report CAR status every 30 days to the Lead

Auditor from date the CAP is approved throughout CAP implementation until the CAR is closed.

8.6.9.1. (Changed) An organization may revise or update the CAP after it has been approved.

When necessary, the group POC will be responsible for contacting the Lead Auditor to request

changes to the CAP. Upon approval, the revised CAP will be updated in CATS.

8.6.10. (Deleted) Within OC-ALC the "deferred" status in CATS may be used under the

following conditions with the approval of the organization that issued the CAR.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

8.6.10.1. (Deleted) When the CAP planned completion date is more than 60 days and the

same CAP is used to correct the non-conformances in two or more CARs. For this condition the

following process will be used. One CAR will be used for tracking the status of the

implementation of the CAP and will use processes IAW OCALCI90-420 and this supplement.

The CAR used for tracking the CAP implementation will include in both the CAP and notes

section of CATS, a statement that the CAP is also the corrective action for (insert CAR #) being

deferred. The CAR(s) deferred will include all the entries as required by OCALCI90-420 and

will include in the CAP and notes section of CATS, a statement that corrective action is being

tracked under (insert CAR#). The planned completion date of all CARs will be the same. Thirty

day status reporting is required on the CARs in "deferred" status. When requesting closure on the

CAR being used to track implementation, the assessed organization will request closure on those

associated CARs that were deferred.

8.6.10.2. (Deleted) When the CAP requires action from an authority outside of OC-ALC. The

CAR deferred will include all the entries as required by OCALCI90-420 and will include in the

CAP and notes section of CATS, a statement explaining the reason for the deferral. The planned

completion date of the CAR will be the same. Thirty day status reporting is required on a CAR in

"deferred" status.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Chapter 10

TOOL AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT

10.3.2.4. (Changed) Monitor FEM for overdue loaned tools and tools awaiting pickup by the

groups.

10.5.2.4. (Deleted) Dispatchable tool kits (DTK). Tool kits specifically designed for checkout

from PSC will be taken to a job site with one individual responsible for the tool kit.

10.5.8.1. (Changed) A database has been added to Facilities and Equipment Maintenance

(FEM) to track annual inspections. Once the employee signs the TKCRL, they are accepting that

the documentation matches the physical inventory. The master TKCRL (original) will be

maintained at the MTIC. A second copy of the TKCRL will remain with the tool kit at all times

and will be suitably protected so that the list will remain legible. Both the signed TKCRL and

any updated version of the tool kit listing should be utilized for annual inspections as a resource

to ensure both listings match and any discrepancies are identified and communicated to the

MTIC. Every six months supervisor inspections will be conducted and maintained in FEM or

applicable database (applies to 76 CMXG only).

10.5.8.1.1. (Changed) Upon initial issue of a new kit, the supervisors or designee must enter

the issue date into FEM annual inspection database. Group Tool Manager (GTM) will enter issue

date upon notification from Main Tool Issue Center (MTIC) for six month (semi-annual)

supervisor inspection (applies to 76 CMXG only).

10.5.8.1.2. (Changed) Supervisors or designee must enter the date of annual inspection of all

tool kits under their control into FEM. Supervisors or designee must enter the date of six month

(semi-annual) supervisor inspection of all tool kits under their control into FEM (Applies to 76

CMXG only).

10.5.8.1.3. (Changed) The official record of the annual inspection will be maintained in

FEM.

10.5.8.1.4. (Added) Until FEM is operational, each respective GTM will maintain the

official record for annual inspections.

10.5.9.1. (Changed) Template changes will be requested using FEM tool request form.

10.5.10.1. (Changed) Turn-in-transfer request will be accomplished by using the FEM tool

request form.

10.5.13.2. (Added) When tools are added to an existing tool kit, it is acceptable for the tool kit

owner to inlay/shadow/silhouette the added tools.

10.5.22.1. (Changed) If supplied from a PSC, the PSC personnel must obtain supervisor

authorization prior to initial issue of items controlled on the supplemental list. Requests to add

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

supplemental tooling (tooling purchased around the MTIC that needs to be added to the TK) to

the Supplemental Listing shall be requested via email to MTIC workflow. Once request for

supplemental tool listing modification is received, the MTIC shall ensure proper documentation

of the supplemental listing items in the tool kit. The approved supplemental list for OC-ALC is

the OC-ALC Form 539 Supplemental Listing.

10.5.24.1. (Changed) MTIC managed tools that require etching or replacement shall be

documented via FEM Tool Delivery Receipt. The receipt shall be placed in the TK until the tool

has been issued/replaced.

10.8.3.3. (Added) MTIC will not etch/mark any grease guns, dispensing cans, spray bottles,

pump oilers, or similar containers due to potential flammability hazards that exist with such

containers.

10.9.1.1.1.1. (Changed) Additional instruction for AFSC Form 309. Pages two and three of

AFSC Form 309 are available for documenting additional inspections performed where a high

completion of logical sequence of work exists (defined as a job, task, work step, etc.) and

movement to another area. Extra pages of 2 and 3 can be utilized, but they must be tracked to the

parent AFSC Form 309 on page one by usage date and kit number.

10.9.3.40. (Deleted) The 76 AMXG. Tools may be transferred from tool crib to tool crib if

they fall under the same RCC. This will be documented and managed by tool crib supervision;

the over eight-hour process will remain the same at each location.

10.10.1.8. (Changed) The 76 PMXG. All tool kits will be inspected by the supervisor, wage

leader or designee at 180 day intervals. This inspection will be documented in FEM and will be

the official record. (when re-established)

10.10.1.10. (Changed) Supervisors or designee must enter the date of annual inspection of all

tool kits under their control into FEM. (when re-established)

10.10.1.11. (Changed) The official record of the annual inspection will be maintained in

FEM. (when re-established)

10.10.1.14. (Changed) Random inspections will be conducted in the same manner as the

supervisory inspections and documented in FEM accordingly. (when re-established)

10.17.1.1. (Changed) Replacement of broken/worn tooling will be fulfilled via MTIC tool

delivery.

10.18.1.1.2.1. (Deleted) Quotes requested through FEMWeb will be available in FEMWeb

within 10 days.

10.18.8.1. (Changed) Overdue tools will be emailed to the GTM & Section Chief, for

immediate return to MTIC.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Chapter 13

FOREIGN OBJECT DAMAGE (FOD)/DROPPED OBJECT (DO) AWARENESS AND

PREVENTION PROGRAM

13.4.5.1.1 (Changed) FOD Reports: The MOC notify Complex primary/alternate

FOD/DOP by phone after being notified of FOD.

13.4.5.1.2. (Changed) FOD incidents: All FOD incidents will be reported with the exception

of minor sand nicks or scratches IAW OC-ALCI91-11.

https://wwwmil.tinker.af.mil/amocc/net20/incrpt_net20/Incidents.aspx. MIRS - Mishap &

Incident Reporting System. The initial FOD report will be completed by a supervisor on duty

within TWO HOURS of suspected or confirmed FOD incidents. The two-hour time constraint is

for FOD/DO reports only; this will allow for coordination through OC-ALC before the report is

released to HQ AFMC/A4M. The supervisor completing the FOD report will include all data in

Figure 13.1 of this supplement (found at the end of this chapter), OC-ALC and Aerospace

Maintenance and Regeneration Group (AMARG) only. Supervisors will use the FOD reporting

flowchart (Figure 13.2., found at the end of this chapter) to determine if damage is within limits

and should be reported as a general report (damage within limits, no maintenance action needed)

or out of limits, requiring maintenance action (i.e., blending, replace, repair etc.).

13.4.5.1.3. (Changed) DOP Incidents: All DOP incidents will be reported IAW OC-

ALCI91-11. IMMEDIATELY call the MOC when there is a known DO. The MOC will

IMMEDIATELY call the Airfield Management Operations (AM OPS) and base safety. Use the

Online MIRS - Mishap & Incident Reporting System. The DOP report will be completed by a

supervisor on duty within TWO HOURS. The two-hour time constraint is for FOD/DOP reports

only; this will allow for coordination through OC-ALC before the report is released to HQ

AFMC/A4M.

13.4.5.1.4. (Changed) DOP Reports: The MOC will notify Complex primary/alternate

FOD/DOP by phone after being notified of DOP.

13.4.9.5.2. (Changed) The following areas have been designated as FOD critical areas

within the OC-ALC: It is the responsibility of all maintenance personnel working in these areas

to be vigilant of FO and dispose of all FO at all times. All other areas not identified are

considered non-critical FOD areas. Non-critical FOD Areas that maintain, repair, and/or inspect

aircraft and propulsion parts/equipment will still comply with FOD prevention/control and

housekeeping procedures.

13.4.9.5.2.3.1. (Changed) Engine assembly/disassembly shops and quick engine change.

13.9.2.3. (Changed) Group and squadron FOD/DOP focal points will perform FOD spot

checks of their assigned areas of responsibility monthly. A minimum of 2 inspections per month

for each squadron will be conducted. The discrepancies found during the spot checks will be

entered in the Logistics Evaluation Assurance Program (LEAP). The group focal points will

forward their quarterly data from the spot checks to the Complex focal point by the 10

working

day following the quarter.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

13.10.4.1.1. (Changed) Every quarter, each group point of contact (POC) will submit a

nominee for their respective group (if applicable) to the Complex FOD POC and alternate, NLT

the seventh working day after the completion of the previous quarter. Nominee information will

include the name and location of the area being nominated, the supervisor’s name, and a

narrative of why this area deserves to win the Complex award. This information will be given to

OC-ALC senior management and submitted to the Tinker Take Off for publicity. Additionally,

this information will be 50 percent of the rating criteria. The winning team will receive a banner

for their work center, recognition in the Tinker Take Off and on the marquee.

13.12.2. (Changed) A Practical Problem Solving Method, also known as 8 step (or equivalent)

is required by the group for all preventable FOD incidents over $50K.

13.12.2.3. (Changed) Group POCs are required to send a copy of the Failure Analysis Service

Technology (FAST) to OC-ALC FOD monitor and alternate within 24 hours of receipt.

13.12.2.4. (Changed) The group POC will send a status to the OC-ALC FOD monitor and

alternate by the seventh working day of every month until closed. This status will be briefed in

the weekly Quality chief meetings.

13.12.2.5. (Deleted) Steps seven and eight will be followed up 90 days after step six has been

completed by the group POC.

13.12.2.6. (Deleted) Minimum attendees for 8-Step meetings: Group’s lead for the 8-Step,

group’s FOD POC, and any other knowledgeable candidates who would add value to the

process.

13.12.2.7. (Changed) All FOD 8-Steps (or equivalent) will be briefed to OC-ALC senior

management by the group’s lead of the 8-Step, during the quarterly FOD/DOP meetings.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Figure 13.1. (Changed) FOD Report.

FOD REPORT

1. PURPOSE: To gain Group approval to forward this report to HQ AFMC/A4M.

BACKGROUND: FOD incidents will be reported to HQ AFMC/A4M within 24 hours of

occurrence. The following process was put in place to inform leadership before notification to

HQ AFMC/A4M:

Incident is reported to 76 AMXG/MXDSO, Maintenance Control Center (MOC).

MOC immediately notifies OC-ALC/SE and Complex FOD Manager by telephone.

MOC drafts this e-mail. (Records name of OC-ALC/SE person notified and time of

notification below).

MOC forwards to the appropriate Group Commander’s personal account with telephone

notification to recipient. (Subject line shows date/time due to HQ and is sent with high

importance).

Appropriate Group Commander/CC/CL/DD/CD approves release of this report to

HQ AFMC/A4M by forwarding e-mail to 76 AMXG/MXDSO All [email protected]

followed with phone notification to 736-2500 (MOC).

f. (Changed) MOC forwards e-mail to OC-ALC using the appropriate group mailbox

(AMXG FOD/DOP Report Notification) reporting mailbox or (PMXG FOD/DOP PMXG

Report Notification) reporting mailbox located on the global address list.

3. DISCUSSION:

Summary of incident:

Date and time of incident:

Base, unit, and location of incident:

When discovered (preflight, postflight, in-coming, test cell, etc.) owning unit, Owning base:

Owning Command, engine type, make, series, modification (TMSM), serial number and

installed position (if applicable):

Description of damage:

Certifying official if impounded: name, grade/rank, unit, office symbol, DSN and commercial

number:

DISPOSITION of aircraft or engine:

OC-ALC/SE person notified:

Time of OC-ALC/SE notification:

This is preliminary data only. For follow-on investigation results, please contact the Complex

FOD Manager. For information during off-duty hours, please contact 76 AMXG/MXDSO,

MOC, at 736- 2500.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Figure 13.3. (Changed) DOP Report.

DOP REPORT

1. PURPOSE: To gain group approval to forward this report to HQ AFMC/A4M.

BACKGROUND: All DOP incidents will be reported to HQ AFMC/A4M within 24 hours

of occurrence. If it involves casualties, property damage, or if adverse publicity is likely, the

safety office should be notified immediately. The following process was put in place to inform

leadership before notification to HQ AFMC/A4M:

a. Incident is reported to 76 AMXG/MXDSO, Maintenance Control Center (MOC).

b.MOC immediately notifies OC-ALC/SE and Complex FOD Manager by telephone.

c. MOC drafts this e-mail (records name of OC-ALC/SE person notified and time of

notification below).

d. MOC forwards to the appropriate group commander’s personal account with telephone

notification to recipient. (Subject line shows date/time due to HQ and is sent with high

importance).

e. Appropriate group commander/CC/CL/DD/CD approves release of this report to HQ

AFMC/A4M by forwarding e-mail to 76 AMXG/MXDSO All [email protected] followed

with phone notification to (405) 736-2500 (MOC).

f. MOC forwards e-mail to OC-ALC using the appropriate group mailbox (AMXG FOD/DOP

Report Notification) reporting mailbox or (PMXG FOD/DOP PMXG Report Notification)

reporting mailbox located on the global address list.

3. DISCUSSION:

Summary of incident:

Date and time of incident:

Base, unit, and location of incident:

When discovered (preflight, postflight, in-coming, etc.): Owning unit, Owning base, Owning

Command:

MDS and tail number: Item, noun, description:

Certifying official if impounded: name, grade/rank, unit, office symbol, DSN and commercial

number.

OC-ALC/SE person notified: Time of OC-ALC/SE notification:

This is preliminary data only. For follow-on investigation results, please contact the Complex

FOD/DOP Manager. For information during off-duty hours, please contact 76 AMXG/MXDSO,

MOC, at 736- 2500.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Figure 13.4. (Changed) Areas of Responsibilities.

RED: 76 AMXG

BLUE: 552 ACW

GREEN: 507

ARW

YELLOW: SCW-1

PURPLE: RESPECTIVE AIRCRAFT ASSIGNED

ALL OTHER AREAS: 72 ABW RESPONSIBILITY

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Chapter 18

DEPOT MAINTENANCE MATERIEL CONTROL

18.2.5.2.3 (Changed) The 76 AMXG. If a component is installed and found to be defective,

the condition forms/tags for the defective component will be retrieved from designated ALS

and placed with the defective component for disposition in accordance with the applicable

directive. Exception: defective avionics equipment will be controlled.

18.14.3. (Changed) When an employee retrieves IPV material from open bin or auto crib, the

following must occur. Employee places individual NSN/Part Number in a separate bag and

clearly labels each bag with the BSL bin location and manufacturers part number or NSN of each

item taken. Material will not be co-mingled in bags.

18.14.3.2. (Added) Residual/excess material is NOT to be placed back into the

BSL/Autocribs by Air Force personnel. All residual material will be bagged and tagged

accordingly and placed in their appropriate color-coded tubs as explained in 18.14.3.1.

18.19.2.3. (Changed) Established forms, must be published within E-Publishing, and include

a checkpoint to indicate if material is indirect. When indirect material is required for

consumption on aircraft, engines and commodities, and not listed on the ABOM indirect table,

the PST will check the appropriate box on the material request form and send form to planner.

The planner will load material to the ABOM indirect table, coordinate, sign and return material

request form to PST. After validating the request form, the PST will use the automated bill of

material (ABOM). The 76 CMXG will use the Lean Depot Management system (LDMS) to

process material orders, and no issue request form is necessary.

18.19.2.4.1 (Changed) OC-ALC Form 111 Unplanned Material Request (Figure 18.13)

may be used by 76 PMXG, 76 CMXG, 76 AMXG in lieu of forms listed in 18.19.2.4 for

unplanned material request.

18.19.2.8. (Changed) Part number request for non-stock listed (NSL) material will be

processed through the part number supply support request (PNSSR) system. If the Source

Maintenance Recoverability (SMR) code found in provisional T. O. shows this should be a

local manufactured item, select “JCL/JBD” in the SOS.

18.19.5.1.1.4. (Changed) If credit is expected, research must be accomplished prior to

input and the NSN must be in a buy status. The forced credit indicator must be used with

caution.

18.19.5.5.1.3.2. (Changed) Production/Mechanic will give tagged material to PST.

The PST will utilize the MN044P screen in NIMMS to process the turn-in to the Y- Store, the

input generates a stow document. Print Stowage Document and attach to material along with

DD Form 1574 if material is not in factory packaging. Verify the quantity has been added to

store detail via MN090P when turn-in is processed. Place material in the Outgoing area for

DLA- A SSC to pick up during daily run.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

18.19.5.9.1.2. (Changed) For serviceable part cost code “B” issued to maintenance, a turn-

in of the same part or an interchangeable and substitution (I&S) linked substitute must be used

to clear the DIFM. Turn-ins are reparable “F” condition or condemned “H” condition. The 76

AMXG is only authorized to turn-in cost code “B” material into “F” condition. The Wholesale

and Retail Receiving Shipping System (D035K) retail transaction history inquiry (RINA),

DIFM document number inquiry (RINE) and mass request for retail transaction history

(MRAG) screens are used to track DIFM/DOTM details. Exchange material transactions create

one of four details. These details are essential to identify and control the issue and turn-in of

exchange material.

18.40.3. (Changed) The AF PST or DIFM monitor will follow-up on D6 turn-ins. If the D6

has not crossed the daily DIFM/DOTM list within ten days, the AF PST should verify the status

of the turn-in. Initiate a DLA-OC/DL Form 14, D6 Turn-in Research Checklist (Figure 18.12),

and send to DLA Inventory Care of Supply and Storage (COSIS) team for research. Contact

information for the COSIS team is 739-3804 or Email [email protected]

18.43.1.7.1. (Changed) Additions to bench stock: When an NSN is identified to be added

to bench stock under the IPV contract, the following process will be completed. Any item with

a unit price greater than $250 ($750 for Avionics) and the unit of issue is “each” will require

coordination by the group business office prior to loading to bench stock.

18.43.1.9. (Changed) Once the AFSC Form 231 change recommendation/approval form

with appropriate coordination/approval is completed, the planner will forward to DLA Aviation

(DSCR) contracting officer representative (COR) office technical assistant for processing.

18.43.5.5. (Added) Movement of IPV Bench Stock Locations.

18.43.5.5.1. (Added) When a group identifies a need to move a Bench Stock Location

(BSL), coordination and notice must be given to OC-ALC/OBWC, DLA COR, and Lockheed

Martin.

18.43.5.5.2. (Added) When a movement of an IPV BSL is warranted, the following

procedures must be followed to relocate the BSL.

18.43.5.5.2.1. (Added) All groups will utilize the BSL Update Request Template to

request a BSL movement. Ensure all requested information is filled out accurately.

18.43.5.5.2.2. (Added) Once completed, the group must send the template to the specific

IPV Workflow box: [email protected], [email protected], and

[email protected].

18.43.5.5.2.3. (Added) DLA will process the request and forward the information to

Lockheed Martin to update their systems. Once LM has updated their system with the new

location, they will notify the DLA COR, who in turn, will inform OC-ALC/OB and groups

POC/shop as indicated on the request template.

18.43.5.5.2.4. (Added) Each organization is responsible for contacting the DLA COR in a

timely manner prior to any movement of a BSL. Failure to follow the proper procedures could

result in a delay in parts being delivered to their respective bins.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Chapter 20

MAINTENANCE TRAINING

20.3.13.2.2.1. (Added) The supervisor will assign the task(s) to the best qualified

journeyman technician, enter an OJT start date, and make a note in sec IV that the technician was

assigned to accomplish work for which he/she was not certified.

20.3.13.2.2.1.1. (Added) The supervisor will conduct a search via the TSS Supervisor

Dashboard function to identify personnel who were previously certified on task.

20.3.13.2.2.1.2. (Added) If there are individuals who are identified as being previously

certified on the task, the supervisor will reach out to the individual’s supervisor to ascertain the

possibility of the employee being available to conduct OJT with the identified journeyman

technician.

20.3.13.2.2.1.3. (Added) If there are no previously certified personnel available to conduct

training with the journeyman technician, then the task must be conducted by the technician, with

oversight by the Group Process Engineering Authority, until the Engineering Authority and the

technician feel confident that the employee can perform the task at the required proficiency level.

20.3.15.2.2. (Changed) Group Training and PAC Program Managers will conduct quarterly

face-to-face PAC and Training Compliance inspections. These inspections will be conducted at

the point of execution level of first-line supervisors. The number of inspections (sample size)

will be based on the number of first level supervisors, within the Group, who are assigned

maintenance technicians who stamp off WCDs. The quarterly inspection sample size will be

10% of the total number of first level supervisors and then 20% of the employees assigned to that

supervisor.

20.3.15.2.2.1. (Added) Prior to the Group Training and PAC Managers conducting their

quarterly inspections, notification will be sent, at least 2 days prior to inspections, to the

Complex PAC Program Manager identifying date, time, location, and list of supervisors to be

inspected.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

Chapter 22

CONTRACT SURVEILLANCE

22.2.1.1.9.5. (Changed) Identify additional contract surveillance requirements in the PP. PP

surveillance will be based on the minimum surveillance necessary to assess effective and

efficient contractor compliance to performance work statement requirements. Surveillance

methods shall be based on performance-based contract assessment methods and techniques.

22.2.1.1.9.11. (Changed) The scope of contract performance assessment or inspection

shall be based by the Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan (QASP), the Performance Work

Statement (PWS), and the Statement of Work (SOW).

22.2.1.1.12.1. (Changed) Surveillance scheduling. The COR will develop a monthly

schedule of surveillance activities based on PP requirements in the Procurement Integrated

Enterprise Environment (PIEE). The schedule must be completed no later than five duty days

prior to the beginning of the period it covers.

22.2.1.1.12.1.27. (Changed) COR organizations in coordination with the FSM and

PCO/ACO will accomplish annual contractor performance reporting for contracts awarded >= 1

million dollars for service contracts and >= 5 million dollars for commodity contracts using the

Contractor Performance Assessment Reporting System (CPARS) as identified in the May

CPARS Guide. For more information: https://www.cpars.gov

22.2.1.1.12.1.28. (Changed) Acceptance of services will be accomplished utilizing Form

DD250, Material Inspection and Receiving Report, or in the Wide Area Workflow Payment in

the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment (PIEE). It is the Primary and Alternate

COR’s responsibility to validate the accuracy of financial figures submitted by the contractor

prior to the government paying for services.

22.6.1.2.6. (Deleted) Review contractor proposals to new or revised DoD, AF, MAJCOM

and local directives.

22.6.1.3.13. (Deleted) Evaluate contractor proposals and provide comments and

recommendations to the FSM and ACO/PCO.

22.6.1.3.15. (Changed) Acceptance of services will be accomplished utilizing Form

DD250 or in Wide Area Workflow Payment in the Procurement Integrated Enterprise

Environment (PIEE).

22.6.1.4.6. (Changed) Perform surveillance according to the Performance Work Statement

(PWS), Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan (QASP) and the Performance Plan.

22.6.1.4.10. (Changed) Evaluate the effectiveness of the contractor's involvement in mishap

investigations, IAW DAFI 91-204, Safety Investigations and Reports.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP_OC-ALCGM2022-01 21 MARCH 2022

22.6.11.1.2. (Changed) Contract specific training. Training must be completed for each

contract to which the Primary and Alternate COR is assigned. The FSM ensures the PCO/ACO

provides this training as required by Air Force Federal Acquisition Regulation System

(AFFARS) Mandatory Procedure 5346.103, The Quality Assurance Program.

22.6.11.1.6. (Changed) Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Part 49, Termination of

Contracts. During the termination of a contract, the COR organization is responsible to ensure

the contractor meets all criteria outlined in the PWS, SOW, and/or contractor plans. The COR

will inform the FSM, PCO/ACO, and Chief COR of any work not accomplished prior to the

termination of the contract.

22.6.11.1.7. (Added) The COR will develop monthly surveillance schedules based on PP

and QASP requirements. The COR will submit via Surveillance and Performance Monitoring

(SPM) in Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment (PIEE) to the Chief COR for review

and forward to the FSM for approval prior to CORs submittal to the PCO/ACO five duty days

prior to the beginning of the period it covers. The COR must provide a copy via SPM in PIEE

of the surveillance schedule to the ACO before the start of the surveillance period. Post

changes to the schedules observations as they occur and send copies to the ACO and FSM via

SPM in PIEE.

BY ORDER OF THE COMMANDER

OKLAHOMA CITY AIR LOGISTICS

COMPLEX

AIR FORCE SUSTAINMENT CENTER

MANUAL 21-102

OKLAHOMA CITY AIR LOGISTICS

COMPLEX

Supplement

3 JUNE 2021

Maintenance

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

MANAGEMENT

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY

ACCESSIBILITY: Publications and forms are available on the e-Publishing website at

www.e-Publishing.af.mil for downloading or ordering

RELEASABILITY: There are no releasability restrictions on this publication

OPR: OC-ALC/QA

Supersedes: AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP,

2 August 2018

Certified by: OC-ALC/QA

(Mr. Daniel McCabe)

Pages: 152

This supplement implements and extends the guidance of the Air Force Sustainment Center

Manual (AFSCMAN) 21-102, Depot Maintenance Management and applies to Oklahoma City Air

Logistics Complex (OC-ALC). It contains depot maintenance management processes and

procedures previously found in the following publications: Air Force Instruction (AFI) 21-101_Air

Force Materiel Command Supplement (AFMCSUP) OC-ALCSUP, Aircraft and Equipment

Maintenance Management, Air Force Materiel Command Instruction (AFMCI) 21-105 OC-

ALCSUP1, Depot Maintenance Work Measurement, AFMCI21-130 OC-ALCSUP, Depot

Maintenance Material Control. This OC-ALCSUP may be supplemented at any level, but all

supplements must be routed to Office of Primary Responsibility (OPR) for coordination prior to

certification and approval. Refer recommended changes and questions about this publication to

the OPR using the Air Force (AF) Form 847, Recommendation for Change of Publication; route

AF Forms 847 from the field through appropriate functional chain of command. The authorities to

waive wing/unit level requirements in this publication are identified with a Tier (“T-0, T-1, T-2,

and T-3”) number following the compliance statement. See Department of the Air Force

(DAFI)33-360, Publications and Forms Management, for a description of the authorities

associated with the Tier numbers. Submit requests for waivers through the chain of command to

the appropriate Tier waiver approval authority, or alternately, to the publication OPR for non-

tiered compliance items. Ensure all records created as a result of processes prescribed in this

2 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

publication are in accordance with DAFI33-360 and disposed of in accordance with Air Force

Records Information Management System (AFRIMS) Records Disposition Schedule (RDS). The

use of the name or mark of any specific manufacturer, commercial product, commodity, or service

in this publication does not imply endorsement by the AF.

SUMMARY OF CHANGES

This publication has been significantly revised and should be reviewed in its entirety. It

incorporates several updated depot maintenance management processes and procedures.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 3

Chapter 1

DEPOT MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES

1.1.1. (Added) OC-ALC shall: provide Complex level policy, guidance, and staff coordination

for all activities required to operate depot maintenance activities for AF weapon systems and is

the OPR for this supplement.

1.1.1.1. (Added) All waiver packages pertaining to this supplement shall be fully coordinated

through OC-ALC/Quality Assurance (QA). See waiver template, Figure 1.1.

Figure 1.1. (Added) Waiver Request Template.

4 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

1.14. (Added) OC-ALC/Commander (CC) shall:.

1.14.1. (Added) Ensure effective management of the Complex maintenance training program in

accordance with (IAW) AFI36-2651, Air Force Training Program, AFI36-2650, Maintenance

Training, AFI36-2650, AFMCSUP, Maintenance Training, and Chapter 21 of this supplement.

Provide aircraft, personnel, and equipment to support the maintenance training program.

1.14.2. (Added) Provide facilities and support (e.g., standard tools/equipment and Command

approved management information systems (MIS)s for organizations performing depot

maintenance or providing technical assistance at operating locations.

1.14.3. (Added) Ensure Air Force Smart Operations for the 21st Century (AFSO21) and

continuous process improvement activities are conducted in all depot maintenance organizations;

ensure improvement results are appropriately implemented and measured.

1.14.3.1. (Added) The foundation for investigating and solving problems within the Complex is

the practical problem solving method (PPSM) found in the AFSO21.

1.14.3.1.1. (Added) Group CC/directors, staff office directors or deputies will consider using an

AFSO21 8-Step event for the following events:

1.14.3.1.1.1. (Added) All impoundments.

1.14.3.1.1.2. (Added) Significant property damage (Class C or above).

1.14.3.1.1.3. (Added) Quality escapes.

1.14.3.1.1.4. (Added) Chargeable foreign object damage (FOD)/dropped object prevention

(DOP) incidents (Class C or above).

1.14.3.2. (Added) The team will include subject matter experts (SME)s from production, QA,

process engineering, and other SMEs as deemed necessary. The team will out-brief the applicable

Complex CC/vice director (DV) and group CC/civilian leader/(CL) or deputy director

(DD)/deputy commander (CD) as required after step four and again after step eight.

1.14.4. (Added) Ensure an effective Crash Damaged or Disabled Aircraft Recovery (CDDAR)

capability is in place. Publish a complex/group instruction containing specific responsibilities for

the Complex.

1.14.5. (Added) Establish a self-assessment program (SAP) IAW AFI90-201 AFMCSUP, The

Air Force Inspection System, and Chapter 8 of this supplement.

1.14.6. (Added) Develop, implement, and maintain standardized processes and procedures to

address Contract Field Team (CFT) requirements IAW AFMCI21-141, Contract Field Team

(CFT) Program.

1.14.7. (Added) Establish configuration management and control of scheduled and unscheduled

maintenance activities.

1.14.8. (Added) Establish a process to integrate tool and equipment management with aircraft,

missile, and commodity component supportability actions on non-parts supportability elements as

outlined in the Logistics Requirements Determination Process (LRDP).

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 5

1.14.9. (Added) Establish a process to determine, document, and communicate to Headquarters

(HQ) Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC) information required to report Consolidated

Sustainment Activity Group- Maintenance (CSAG-M) Fund 6 data as outlined in Department of

Defense (DoD) 7000.14-R, Volume 2B, Chapter 9.

1.14.10. (Added) Develop, implement, and maintain standardized processes and procedures to

execute the Capital Investment Program (CIP) within the Defense Working Capital Fund (DWCF)

as outlined in DoD 7000.14-R, Volumes 1-15.

1.14.11. (Added) Develop, implement, and maintain standardized processes and procedures to

ensure AFSC military construction (MILCON) projects are properly represented and vetted

to/through the AFMC corporate process.

1.15. (Added) Use of government or personal cell phones and electronic devices are IAW

American Federation of Government Employees (AFGE) 214 and AFGE 916 Memorandum

of Agreement.

1.15.1. (Added) Personal cell phones and personal hand-held radios (walkie-talkies, ultra-high

frequency (UHF), very high frequency (VHF), amateur radio (HAM)) are prohibited from being

carried or used in critical FOD areas. Critical FOD areas are defined in Chapter 13 of this

supplement. In non-critical FOD areas, users will remove themselves from the maintenance

activity prior to using a personal cell phone or personal hand-held radio. Removing oneself from

the maintenance activity is defined as "going outside the yellow line."

1.15.2. (Added) Cell phones will not be used within 10 feet of any explosive operation IAW

AFMAN91-201, Explosives Safety Standards. Cell phone use is prohibited within 10 feet of

internal fuel cell maintenance IAW technical order (TO) 1-1-3, Inspection and Repair of Aircraft

Integral Tanks and Fuel Cells, TO 00-25-172, Ground Servicing of Aircraft and Static

Grounding/Bonding, and fuel servicing operations IAW AFMAN91-203, Air Force Occupational

Safety, Fire, and Health Standards.

6 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Chapter 3

REQUIREMENTS REVIEW AND DEPOT DETERMINATION (R2D2)

3.2.1.7.4. (Added) At OC-ALC, Other Funded Customer Orders (OFCO)s are captured and file-

maintained in the Maintenance Planning and Execution (MP&E) system by AF Life Cycle

Management Center (AFLCMC), 448 SCMW, AF Nuclear Weapons Center (AFNWC), OC-

ALC/Business Office Workloading (OBW), and OC- ALC/Business Office Partnering (OBP).

3.2.1.7.5. (Added) 10 United States Code (USC) § 2474 Public Private Partnership (PPP)

customer orders will be obtained via the industry partner through the AFLCMC program office.

3.4.1.2.5. (Added) OC-ALC will build an AP regardless if total workload changes by +/- 5%.

This is done to capture any workload/shop/skill set changes from R2D2.

3.5.3.1.1. (Added) Unlike direct labor employees custodial account (CA) man hours (paid hours)

do not include holidays. CA employees should use leave without pay (KA) Z61633976000 when

not at work for any circumstance such as vacation or illness. The KA type hour code should also

be used when contractors are participating in contractor-directed training defined as training

required and paid for by the contractor for their employees. (Source: AFMCI65-101, Depot

Maintenance Accounting and Production System-Financial Policy and Procedures for Depot

Maintenance).

3.5.3.5. (Added) The available hours automatically entered in cell M1 of the Manpower and

Capability 8203 Report includes the 10 federally recognized holidays. At OC-ALC, the hours in

cell M1 are referred to as paid hours while available hours excludes federal holidays.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 7

Chapter 4

CAPITAL INVESTMENT PROGRAM (CIP)

4.1.2.22.1. (Added) All proposed Information Technology (IT) investments must be coordinated

through the Air Logistics Complex (ALC) CIP managers prior to input into the 72 ABW/SC

approved requirements tracking system for coordination and approval by the AFSC/CIO.

4.1.2.22.2. (Added) IT and/or communications projects will initially be coordinated at the local

level with 72 ABW/SCXP. 72 ABW/SCXP will assist in getting the project loaded to the approved

requirements tracking system for review when necessary. Project discussions should start as soon

as an IT and/or communications requirement is identified to ensure timely input. The organization

investing in IT will provide information about the investment to IT investment Portfolio Managers

for registration review during planning stages. The investing organization will provide required

information via local Portfolio Management (PfM) processes. AF IT investments are registered

and reported in the Information Technology Investment Portfolio Suite (ITIPS). The organization

will appoint personnel, primary and alternate program managers, to manage the IT investment via

the local PfM process. Once an investment is registered, the owner will be guided through

compliance areas such as National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) and Clinger-Cohen Act

(CCA) approval. Contact the AFSC Tinker IT Portfolio Management Team via the Enterprise

Information Management (EIM) site: https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/22386/PfM/AFSC-Tinker/. Use

the PfM Team e-mail address for contacting the first available team member. Additional

information and links concerning AF IT Investment PfM and ITIPS are located on the PfM site;

for example, see PfM Summary and Background Information. Be advised, the NDAA Defense

Business System (DBS) Organizational Execution Plan (OEP) certification process is lengthy and

can take up to one year before final approval is provided.

4.1.5.2.1. (Added) The ALC Technical Director is responsible for coordinating on all CIP

projects to ensure they support the ALC strategic initiatives. The technical director’s coordination

in the project submission process is outlined in Paragraph 4.1.9.2.

4.1.5.2.1.1. (Added) In addition to the internal collaborative cross-examination of projects, the

ALC technical director provides the OC-ALC project list to Warner-Robins and Ogden ALC

technical directors for their review. This review is intended to identify any excess equipment or

capacity available within the AFSC. If excess equipment/capacity is identified, the OC-ALC CIP

managers will work to coordinate the transfer of the equipment through the respective OC-ALC

group CIP monitors, the OC-ALC technical director, and the receiving ALC CIP managers.

4.1.6.1.1. (Added) The group CIP monitor and/or project engineer are responsible for creating

the Comprehensive Cost and Requirements (CCaR) records at the group level. Upon identification

of a requirement that meets CIP guidelines, a CCaR record should be created. At a minimum, the

record must contain known project information including the project name, estimated cost, project

engineer, and project point of contact (POC). Additional supporting documentation, such as:

vendor estimates, statement of work (SOW), statement of objectives, etc., must be loaded to the

project’s CCaR in the “Tools” section under “Attachments”.

8 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

4.1.6.9. (Added) The ALC RLMT was developed and implemented to ensure data-driven

decisions were steering the selection process for requirements to be funded through CIP. The tool

must contain all requirements $100K or greater and must be utilized by all production groups. OC-

ALC/FMA will provide milestones and send suspense to 76 MXSG in the December timeframe.

76 MXSG will then provide a data call, in the January timeframe, to all groups which will signal

the requirement owner to begin refining their listing of requirements in the tool.

4.1.7.1.1. (Added) IT Investment owners should be aware of requirements in their specific

functional area (Logistics, Acquisition, etc.). Refer to AFMAN 63-144 for guidance on business

capabilities (Business Mission Area). The 72 ABW/SC will review IT investments for compliance

with higher level guidance for IT investments. The OC-ALC appointed Project Managers of IT

investments are responsible for IT investment compliance (AFMCI33-108, AFMC Life Cycle

Information Technology Governance), while the 72 ABW/SC may have some oversight and/or

assistance roles. Note: AFMCI 33-108 (certified current 19 March 2018) has not updated

references from Enterprise Information Technology Data Repository (EITDR) to ITIPS.

4.1.7.7.1. (Added) All workload projections used for creating the economic analysis (EA) and

listed on the Electronic Prioritization and Reporting Template (e-PART) will be validated by ALC

business office in coordination with the group business office and the group CIP monitor before

the EA and e-PART are created.

4.1.7.14.1. (Added) Group project engineers and group CIP monitors must utilize the ALC

Requirements Lifecycle Management Tool (RLMT) and the hierarchy of controls when addressing

hazardous materials. The primary consideration should be the use of alternate hazard elimination

and control methods before selecting equipment and processes, which require personal protective

equipment (PPE) (e.g., hearing protection, respirators, etc.).

4.1.7.14.2. (Added) Hierarchy of controls determination is listed on the e-PART form with a

“YES” or “N/A” (Not Applicable) drop-down response. Most CIP projects will be marked “YES.”

If “YES” is selected, the CIP project engineer is required to provide the hierarchy of controls

statement form and supporting documentation stating the methodology of how the determination

was made. If “N/A” is selected, the project must not require any form of PPE. It must also include

a statement that no PPE is required. The e-PART will not be approved if no selection is chosen

and/or no supporting documentation is provided.

4.1.8.1.1. (Added) The requirement POC/engineer will assess each requirement against the ALC

RLMT asset scoring matrix to calculate a total score for each requirement. The requirement

POC/engineer will also perform analysis on unquantifiable/intangible issues that may impact the

decision-making process. A justification will be written by the requirement POC/engineer for each

requirement to provide leadership with an understanding of why that requirement should be

considered for funding. The written justification will address those unquantifiable/intangible

issues which may include, but not limited to, future workload, capacity, capabilities, additive

manufacturing requirements, technology insertions/reverse engineering,

accreditation/authorizations, automated test stand requirements, energy, customer demands,

repatriation of workload, etc. The total score of each requirement coupled with the written

justification will be evaluated by a panel of Subject Matter Experts (SMEs), then by group

leadership and the ALC technical director, followed by ALC leadership. A strategic decision will

be made by the ALC/CC and group requirement POCs/engineers will be notified that their

requirement has been approved by ALC leadership for submission. The POC/engineer will

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 9

commence developing the documentation required for the economic analysis and procurement

package. Once the AFSC/LGMI data call is received for CIP requirements the approved

listing/supporting documentation will become the submittal for the ALC. The budget submission

shall be developed with a cost effective mindset. Historically, the ALC would submit requirements

in-line with the anticipated depreciation amount for each FY applicable to the Senior Officer

Communication and Coordination Electronic Resource (SOCCER); however, if the submittal is

not within +/- 10% of the deprecation amount, justification will be provided with the ALC

submission.

4.1.9.3.1. (Added) The ALC CIP managers calculate and provide estimated depreciation figures

to AFSC/LGMI with the budget submission. The depreciation estimates include projects listed on

the fixed asset report currently depreciating, projects that have not reached Full Operational

Capability (FOC), but are expected to reach FOC during the budget cycle submission plus two

years, as well as, projects from the current execution year expected to be completed in the budget

cycle submission plus two years. The estimate should also take into account any remaining

depreciation for anticipated contributed assets.

4.1.9.4.1. (Added) To facilitate standardization, the ALC implemented a gated process that

assists leadership in identifying potential risk areas that may result in contract award delays. The

ALC CIP managers will establish internal timelines (Figure 4.1) via the established gated process

outlining the milestone dates for verifying, validating, prioritizing, and approving the ALC’s

recommended investments in order to meet the annual CIP data call suspense. The timelines

included are associated with budget submission, package submission to contracting, and Office of

the Secretary of Defense (OSD) obligation goals. Additionally, all prioritized projects must contain

supporting documentation to justify the requirement being submitted for AFSC/CA funding

consideration. The e-PART identifies examples of acceptable forms of documentation required to

support the scoring and justification of each project.

Figure 4.1. (Added) Example Gate Tracker Milestone Dates.

4.1.9.6.2.1. (Added) When the CIP data call suspense is received from AFSC/LG, the ALC

requirements prioritization process has already begun and will feed the ALC’s submission. The

process outlined in Paragraph 4.1.8.1.1 will be followed to prioritize and select requirements;

that process begins in January the year prior to the budget submittal date. The AFSC/LG data call

will be sent to the group and staff office workflow boxes, as well as, the group CIP monitors and

will include detailed submission requirements, due dates, and required templates. The submission

will be for the budget year and two out years. The group CIP monitors and/or assigned project

engineer are expected to compile their package requirements to include a CCaR record, EA, and

an e-PART form for each project in the budget year. The e- PART form requires the signatures of

the group technical director, group commander, and ALC technical director. The ALC CIP

managers will review and compile the submission to provide to AFSC/LGMI.

10 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

4.1.9.6.3.1. (Added) AFSC/LGMI will work with the ALC CIP managers to resolve any

questions to ensure all projects are given equivalent consideration. The ALC CIP managers will

resolve any discrepancies with the group CIP monitors and group project engineer within three

business days of notification.

4.1.11.5.1. (Added) The target load sheet will be submitted to 72 CPTS/FMAS and AFSC/FZR

for input to the financial systems at the project level within two business days of approval in CCaR.

Once the funds are loaded in the financial systems, the ALC CIP managers will notify the group

CIP monitors/project engineers that funding documents can be released for coordination.

4.1.12.4. (Added) The ALC Baseline Obligation Plan is created in coordination with Contracting

based on estimated contract award dates and considerations of Military Interdepartmental Purchase

Request (MIPR) acceptance dates for MIPR projects. The ALC CIP manager will coordinate the

proposed plan with group CIP monitors prior to providing the baseline obligation plan to

AFSC/LGMI.

4.1.14.2.1. (Added) Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) guidance

provides all 3400 federal supply stock class equipment will be purchased by the Defense Logistics

Agency (DLA). The AFSC/CC Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request (MIPR) approval

coordination process is managed by purchase request (PR)/MIPR control 429 SCMS/GUMAB

using their MIPR coordination system.

4.1.14.6.1. (Added) The ALC CIP managers must report the ALC’s obligation status at the

following regularly scheduled briefings and for any additional briefings that may be required: CIP

Monthly Update on Projects, Depot Maintenance Execution Group (DMEG), Integration Board

(IB), and quarterly AFSC Corporate Board Business Review.

4.1.14.7.1. (Added) The ALC CIP managers must request the group CIP monitors to submit

funding document amendments to reduce any excess funding in the commitment stage for the

project. This must be accomplished within five business days of contract award. Once the excess

commitment is removed from the funding document and is available at the CCaR project level, a

target load sheet is created by the ALC CIP managers to remove the excess funds from the project.

The target load sheet is submitted to 72 CPTS/FMAS and AFSC/FZR via the process previously

identified in Paragraph 4.1.11.5.1.

4.1.14.8. (Added) In-house projects. In-house projects are projects in which one or more

production groups perform work for another group requirement owner rather than contracting a

vendor to complete the work. A Memorandum of Agreement between the performing group and

the group requirement owner is required outlining the work to be done, estimated length of time

to complete the task, estimated cost (labor and material) and the project POCs. Obligation of in-

house projects is handled by AFSC/FZR. The group CIP monitor must provide a copy of the in-

house agreement to the ALC CIP managers and AFSC/FZR. This agreement must outline the

associated labor and material amounts that total to the project cost. The obligation will be input

manually into the financial systems by AFSC/FZR. If the in-house agreement changes, the group

CIP monitor will provide an updated copy to the ALC CIP managers and AFSC/FZR to update the

financial systems 15 business days prior to implementation of any changes. When a CIP in-house

project is approved, the ALC CIP manager notifies AFSC/FZR that customer order number

(CON), TESTHXXXXX or WSSEHXXXXX, etc., is a CIP in-house project approved for

obligation. The ALC CIP manager will coordinate with the performing work group and the group

that has the requirement to furnish (by e-mail) the cost for material and labor and any other cost

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 11

by each performing group to AFSC/FZR. AFSC/FZR will establish a job order number (JON) for

each performing group in Defense Industrial Funds Management System (DIFMS) to collect the

cost of materials and labor and other costs as the work is performed by each performing group.

AFSC/FZR will send a return e-mail to ALC CIP managers and the groups which JON is to be

used for each performing group. The JON is used by the performing group in the Time and

Attendance (TAA) labor system and will update DIFMS on labor costs. The JON is also used by

the performing group to purchase the materials Naval Air Systems Command Industrial Material

Management System (NIMMS) and material costs will record to DIFMS when received. If the in-

house agreement changes cost estimate between material and labor, or other costs, but is still within

the total CON, the group CIP monitor will provide an updated copy to the ALC CIP manager and

AFSC/FZR to update the financial systems at least two business days prior to implementation of

any changes. If the in-house agreement changes cost to exceed the original CON, this is a

reprogramming change that is another process by the ALC CIP manager. CIP project hours are not

included in the workload plan build because there is no customer order dollars associated with

those hours. If additional direct labor personnel are required to accomplish CIP, those personnel

should be added to the D2 direct labor component after the direct labor associated with customer

order hours is determined. During the year of execution, actual direct labor hours performed on

CIP tasks are captured on the associated CIP fixed asset job order number (F-JON). Direct labor

employees performing CIP tasks shall charge their time to the F-JON assigned to the CIP project

they are working.

4.1.16.1.2.1. (Added) Reprogramming is handled by AFSC/LGMI on behalf of the ALC. If an

out- of-cycle requirement is identified or a cost increase is required and funding is not available in

the capability the requirement has been identified against, a reprogramming action must occur.

Once the ALC CIP managers are notified by the group CIP monitor of a pending requirement, the

ALC CIP manager will notify AFSC/LGMI of pending requirement and take appropriate action.

4.1.18.1.1. (Added) All prior year cost increase requests must be vetted and approved by the

group CC via the “Request for Prior Year (PY) Capital Obligation Authority Adjustment form”

and Electronic Staff Summary Sheet (eSSS). Additionally, the ALC CIP managers will route the

cost increase letter to ALC leadership for their situational awareness.

4.1.19.1.1. (Added) The approval consideration process for an out-of- cycle, emergency, and

back-up investment project are the same as the regular approval coordination process. These

processes include the use of the e-PART form, economic analysis, group CC approval, technical

director approval, and ALC CIP manager’s approval before the project will be submitted to

AFSC/LG for consideration. The CIP managers will submit to AFSC/LGMI upon receipt of all

required documentation and signatory authorities.

4.1.22.1.1. (Added) The group CIP monitors/Project Engineer must attach all associated

contractual documentation or in-house agreement to the associated CCaR records. An acceptable

in-house agreement should contain the following elements: control system number (CSN), Fiscal

Year (FY), noun or name of asset, shops/groups doing the work, shop/group requiring the work,

timeline or date to be completed, SOW to be completed, total cost with breakout for material and

labor costs, and acceptance signatures of all parties. Acceptable documentation for an in-house

agreement is a copy of the agreement signed and dated by the groups involved in the project.

Agreements should be well defined including the total requirement not just the portion of the

project to occur in a given FY. An initial collaborative meeting must be initiated by the project

owner prior to project approval to ensure all involved parties have an understanding of the

12 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

requirement and required resources. Periodic updates will be required and provided in the monthly

working group meetings.

4.1.22.6.1. (Added) Group CIP monitors will provide a FOC update on a monthly basis, no later

than the fifth business day of the month to the ALC CIP managers. At a minimum, the update must

include whether the project is on-track to reaching the baseline FOC date, justification for why the

project has slipped if applicable, revised delivery or completion date, and a revised FOC date. OC-

ALC instituted a FOC gate tracker to document project status; all project updates will be recorded

via the gate tracker.

4.1.22.8.1. (Added) OC-ALC ensures projects FOC IAW the Engineering Execution Plan

(EEP)/Engineering Implementation Plan (EIP). Often projects have multiple deliverables required

to be in place prior to the project engineer declaring functional acceptability. In the event a contract

is not written to delineate required deliverables on separate Contract Line Item Numbers (CLINs),

the group CIP monitor, project engineer, or equipment custodian must delineate the deliverables

on the documentation required for FOC as determined by AFSC/FZR. Once the equipment has

reached FOC, it is the group CIP monitor, project engineer, and equipment custodian’s (EC)’s

responsibility to ensure the necessary documentation is completed to get the equipment added to

DIFMS and Defense Property Accountability System (DPAS). DIFMS is the financial system used

to maintain project depreciation records. DPAS is the system used by the base equipment

custodians to maintain equipment records. Additional instructions on completing the necessary

forms to add projects to DIFMS and DPAS can be found in AFSC SOP – CIP Fixed Assets

Capitalization and Modifications. Sample forms are located at the following site:

https://usaf.dps.mil/teams/TMCA19200/sop/fixed%20assets/forms/allitems.aspx. Found

within the “Templates and Support Files” folder.

4.1.22.9. (Added) Current and prior year project execution should be continually monitored by

the ALC CIP Manager to ensure any excess funds are returned to AFSC/LGMI in a timely manner.

Constant monitoring reduces the number of adjustments needed for the end of the year close out.

Execution activity is monitored by the CIP managers and documentation is accomplished within

FMSuite to ensure the tri-annual review (TAR) suspense is met. Appropriate documentation

uploaded to FMSuite will include at a minimum a justification for why the obligation remains

valid or what tasks are being accomplished to reduce outstanding residuals.

4.2.4.1.2. (Added) Per DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 2b, Chapter 9, Paragraph 090104 B, “CIP

shall not be used to establish a new or expand an existing organic capability except as specifically

justified in the President’s Budget Request.” If the exception applies, all assets required for depot

activation must be coordinated via e-SSS with OC-ALC/OBP prior to requesting CIP funding;

documentation from System Program Office/Joint Program Office (SPO/JPO) must be attached to

the e-SSS stating they will not fund the effort. A fully coordinated e-SSS with supporting

documentation will be attached to the CCaR record.

4.2.5.1.1.1. (Added) The estimated depreciation included in the OC-ALC CIP budget submission

to AFSC/LGMI should include assets on the Fixed Asset Report with remaining book value, assets

on the FOC tracker or current year project list which are planned to be placed in service within the

budget period, as well as any anticipated contributed assets with remaining book value.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 13

4.2.5.2.1. (Added) Any CIP equipment transferred or contributed to the ALC must recover the

remaining depreciation value of the asset. Documentation to support the value must be provided

during the transfer of equipment for addition to the equipment file and a copy provided to

AFSC/FZR. The depreciation cost value will be added to the DIFMS financial system by

AFSC/FZR.

4.2.7.1.2. (Added) All capital equipment assets, purchased or contributed, must be supported

with a project folder (also referred to as equipment folder) and properly entered into the DIFMS

and DPAS data bases. The equipment folder can either be a paper or electronic folder. For

reference, equipment monitors (EM)s are Consolidated Sustainment Activity Group-Maintenance

(CSAG-M) personnel who transmit the appropriate forms to the individual responsible for input

into DIFMS financial accounting (FA) system and ECs are the AF persons who coordinate with

equipment management element (EME) to input the data into DPAS. The owning organization has

the primary responsibility for the project folder’s accuracy throughout its useful life and will

accomplish this through effective Capital Investment Program Working Group (CIPWG)

coordination and information sharing. A mandatory review of the project folder must be

accomplished at intervals not to exceed two years to ensure folders contain the required

documentation listed on OC-ALC Form 4, Capital Investment Program Project Equipment Folder

Checklist. An annual review will be accomplished by the ALC CIP managers which will consist

of a random sample of projects. The annual review will include the ALC CIP managers reviewing

the OC-ALC Form 4 to ensure all documentation is included, verifying the asset is in both

DPAS/DIFMS and the amounts are correct, and looking at the equipment on the production floor.

If the investment results in multiple assets, a cross reference to each will be maintained in the

respective project folders. These folders will also contain supporting data used to economically

justify the project. The project folder will be retained locally until transfer, turn-in, or disposal.

The OC-ALC Form 4 will be placed on the inside cover of each project folder if in hard copy

format or as the first file in an electronic folder. The OC-ALC Form 4 will be annotated to include

the date of each change to the folder contents and/or review that takes place.

4.2.9.2.1. (Added) The project engineer must ensure all delivered equipment is installed and

achieves FOC IAW with EEP/EIP. If the asset will not achieve FOC by the projected date, the

project engineer must provide an action plan for achieving FOC to the group CIP monitor and

ALC CIP managers.

4.4.8.1.1. (Added) Upon receipt of the Authority to Advertise letter, the CIP managers must

begin building skeleton accounting addresses for all investments following the standardized line

of accounting methodology. Prior to the beginning of the FY, skeleton records will be built in

Departmental Cash Management System - Skeleton Records (DCMS DSK). Final accounting

addresses will not be available until the beginning of the new FY. During the year of execution, if

a new line of accounting needs to be established, the CIP manager will accomplish a 72 CPTS

address build template with the appropriate accounting elements and send to the 72 CPTS

workflow account requesting creation in General Accounting and Finance System (GAFS-BQ).

4.4.9.4.1. (Added) Once the AFMC Form 400 is approved in CCaRs for the ALC, it will be used

to create the target load sheets by capability and assign funds at the project level. The AFMC Form

400 and target load sheet(s) will be provided to 72 CPTS/FMAS and AFSC/FZR for input to the

financial systems.

14 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Chapter 6

DEPOT MAINTENANCE PRODUCTION SUPPORT

6.5.3.1. (Added) The following business rules are established to clarify the general guidelines

provided in the OC-ALC concept of operations (CONOPS) for business development and ensure

a synchronized strategy prior to the acceptance of new workload. For the purpose of this

supplement, new workload is defined as workload for which the OC-ALC has no recent experience

and/or workload involving previously unforeseen risk of financial loss.

6.5.3.2. (Added) Communication.

6.5.3.2.1. (Added) OC-ALC/OBP is the entry point for all requests for new workloads. OC-

ALC/OBW is the entry point for requests for quote (RFQ), and/or changes to existing workload

from external customers. Solicitation through any other means should be brought to the attention

of OC-ALC/OBP immediately.

6.5.3.2.2. (Added) OC-ALC/OBW will forward all RFQs and/or workload changes to the

appropriate production group(s) workflow accounts and resource offices for evaluation. OC-

ALC/OBW will set a suspense date and maintain a suspense log for all evaluation requests.

6.5.3.2.2.1. (Added) All routine suspenses will be 15 business days, unless block 4 is checked

on the RFQ. If block 4 is checked, the initiator must provide justification as to why it is an

emergency. The suspense for an emergency RFQ is five business days. If the justification is not

provided, the RFQ will be processed as routine. Production groups can submit for an extension if

needed.

6.5.3.2.2.2. (Added) All extension requests submitted to OC-ALC/Business Office (OB) RFQ

workflow will be sent to the initiator on the RFQ for approval. The extension request will need to

have the date that production is going to complete the RFQ.

6.5.3.2.3. (Added) Once the production group evaluation is complete, the response will be

returned to OC-ALC/OB RFQ workflow. The program analyst will provide the customer, the

approved total estimated cost for the work to be performed. If the customer requests a breakout of

the cost estimate, the production group will provide the customer with a breakdown such as i.e. 2

hrs. disassembly, 1 hr. clean, 4 hrs. repair, 2 hrs. reassemble, the Resource Control Center (RCC)

rate will not be provided.

6.5.3.3. (Added) Strategy.

6.5.3.3.1. (Added) The OC-ALC workload shall be priced to external customers IAW current

AF regulations. Per AFMCI65-101, provides guidance relative to use of approved RCC rates. Once

labor standards are determined, the applicable RCC rate will be applied to the standard to

determine the estimated cost of new workload.

6.5.3.3.2. (Added) With few exceptions, it is impractical to build new RCC rates for each new

workload under consideration. Existing RCC rates will be applied to the portion of the standard

hours the RCC contributes to a new workload.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 15

6.5.3.3.3. (Added) It is critical that the amount of direct labor hours planned for a new workload

include appropriate consideration for “unknowns” (i.e., aging airframe issues, etc.), typically

encountered during maintenance processes on new workload which can drive additional cost risk

to maintenance.

6.5.3.3.4. (Added) Consideration shall be given to new or increased requirements of industrial

support equipment and services then coordinated through 76MXSG. The 76MXSG shall determine

the ability to maintain new or unique equipment, special knowledge, training, or certifications and

possible risk assessment.

6.5.3.3.5. (Added) The OC-ALC maintenance groups and staff offices will retain relevant history

for a minimum of six months after completion IAW AFRIMS T21-05 R01.00 Depot Maintenance

Projects, on current and past workloads for incorporation in subsequent responses to new workload

solicitations.

6.5.3.4. (Added) Review/Approval.

6.5.3.4.1. (Added) Workloads priced to internal OC-ALC customers or valued less than $500K

to external (outside OC-ALC) customers will be approved in the performing production group.

6.5.3.4.2. (Added) OC-ALC/OBW Chief, along with OC-ALC/FM, will lead the review of a

production group risk assessment, history, and pricing strategy used in response to new workload

requests from external customers. OC-ALC/OB will act as approval authority on pricing strategies

for workloads valued over $500K, but less than $1M.

6.5.3.4.3. (Added) Workload responses valued over $1M will be forwarded to OC-ALC/CC for

approval after the above review. New workload packages must have the proper coordination of all

affected OC-ALC production group(s), OC-ALC/FM and recommendation for approval or

disapproval by OC-ALC/OB. Proper coordination will include an e-SSS routed through the

appropriate workflow accounts.

6.5.3.4.3.1. (Added) All no bids, no quotes will be justified in block 27 on AFSC Form 501,

Request for Quote/Rough Order of Magnitude. If a RFQ is returned due to incomplete information

that will not allow the planner to complete a quote, this will not be considered a No Bid.

6.5.3.4.4. (Added) Workloads identified by OC-ALC/OB to be “high visibility, high risk or

impacting future workload” will be briefed by OC-ALC production group(s) to OC-ALC/CC for

final approval.

6.5.3.5. (Added) Business Rules.

6.5.3.5.1. (Added) All workloads will be negotiated with OC-ALC/OB. If the customer notifies

a group that changes to workload requirements have/will occur, OC-ALC groups will advise the

customer to work with OC-ALC/OB.

6.5.3.6. (Added) Process/Responsibilities.

6.5.3.6.1. (Added) The OC-ALC/OB will develop the planned labor application (PLA) depicting

workload in hours and personnel equivalents by commodity at the RCC level for each group within

the Complex.

6.5.3.6.2. (Added) The OC-ALC/OB will calculate the manpower required (targets) to produce

funded workload based on the approved productivity factors provided by the groups.

16 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

6.5.3.6.3. (Added) The OC-ALC/OB will assist the groups in developing a plan to

hire/realign/attrite to achieve manpower targets.

6.5.3.6.4. (Added) The OC-ALC production groups will annually submit productivity factors

(Efficiency (EFF), Indirect Labor Factor (ILF), Overtime (OT) and Cost Class IV (CCIV))

forecasts to OC-ALC/OB. The CCIV requirement will include a workload description, the

supported organization, RCCs performing the work, and the hours by RCC.

6.5.3.6.5. (Added) The OC-ALC production groups will notify OC-ALC/OB of problems which

could impact production hours and/or manpower (i.e., major structural repairs, backlogs, schedule

changes, skills imbalances, etc.). If the production impact will result in additional resource

requirements, the groups will submit a plan that identifies the root cause, a plan of action, and a

get-well date.

6.5.3.6.6. (Added) The OC-ALC has overall approval authority for workload, productivity

factors, CCIV work, manpower, personnel, etc., submitted by OC-ALC production groups.

6.10.1.1. (Added) Production groups shall develop an instruction/checklist for Execution and

Prioritization of Repair Support System (EXPRESS) users to include manual (M) settings and

predetermined acceptance probability (PAP) switches in the EXPRESS system. Process

instruction/checklist shall include, as a minimum, business logic, get well plans for constraints,

and metrics for tracking.

6.10.1.2. (Added) Production groups shall ensure EXPRESS users are provided training in use

of EXPRESS and process to establish valid justifications in EXPRESS for "M" and "PAP"

switches.

6.11.2.4.1. (Added) Material Processing System (MPS) is utilized in limited areas of production.

MPS is used in those areas as an alternate to Automated Bill of Materials (ABOM) /NIMMS and

requires an inventory tracking number (ITN) to be included when material is ordered to track to a

work control document (WCD).

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 17

Chapter 7

WCD AND TECHNICAL DATA

7.1.1.5.1. (Added) Responsibility, “Report of Notification for Technical Data Changes.” Each

maintenance group will identify a single POC and at least one alternate who will receive the list

of technical data changes published by the contractor Technical Order Distribution Office

(TODO). Important: The OPR will distribute appropriate portions, or as a whole, the technical

data change list to planners, process engineers, and production personnel. This will be

accomplished within three workdays following receipt of the list, as this function is critical. The

OPR will retain a dated copy of each report of notification of technical order (TO) changes received

from the contractor per Air Force Records Information Management System (AFRIMS). E-mail

records of notification to the end user will be stored in the Electronic Records Management System

(ERMS).

7.1.2.2.2. (Added) Engineering drawing extracts, both locally managed (X-Drawings) and

centrally managed Joint Engineering Data Management Information and Control System

(JEDMICS) shall be verified as current by readable technician/mechanic name, signature of

reviewer, review date and current revision number prior to the initiation of the supported job.

Contractor provided drawings or down-loaded from contractors website shall be verified as current

by agency responsible for the printing. Engineering drawing extracts shall be validated for the

following against the originating system (SharePoint, JEDMICS, contractor website):

7.1.2.2.3. (Added) Drawing signatures (engineer, reviewer, approver).

7.1.2.2.4. (Added) Drawing number.

7.1.2.2.5. (Added) Drawing revision number.

7.1.2.2.6. (Added) Distribution statement(s).

7.1.2.2.7. (Added) When a large quantity of drawings (i.e., 250 drawings or more), are compiled

to create a library file, an index will be created of the stored drawings or manufacture

specifications. The index will be updated daily and used to verify and validate the 90 day

requirements for retention in library. When revised drawings are printed and exchanged in library,

the index will be updated and validated by responsible organization.

7.1.2.2.8. (Added) DISPOSAL: After completion of current job, or when no longer needed/valid,

the extract/printed drawing shall be properly disposed of as described in AFMCMAN21-102

Engineering Data Storage, Distribution, Control and Configuration Control, DAFI33-360

Publications and Forms Management, and RDS. 7.1.2.2.9. Local X-Drawings.

7.1.2.2.9. (Added) X-Drawings are internal drawings intended for use only at OC-ALC, unlike

official engineering drawings that are IAW AFMCMAN 21-102, Engineering Data Storage,

Distribution, Control and Configuration Control. Engineering Data Storage, Distribution, and

Control. X-Drawings are used for facility, shop support equipment, special tools, fixtures, slings,

etc.

18 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

7.1.2.2.10. (Added) Official release X-Drawings will be scanned and maintained on a technical

data website for easy access and reproduction. Any drawing printed from this website is for

reference only and must be marked accordingly. Users can read or make copies of these drawings,

but cannot make changes. Only the engineering office responsible for the drawing can make

changes. The user is responsible for ensuring their drawing copy is current and annotated “FOR

REFERENCE ONLY” and “UNCONTROLLED COPY.”

7.1.2.2.11. (Added) Production squadrons and other organizations often require copies of X-

Drawings for reference and to assist in procurement or fabrication. Users shall contact their

respective engineering support team for copies or access the drawings from the 76 Aircraft

Maintenance Group (AMXG) AF Portal website.

7.1.2.2.12. (Added) Only the office that created the X-Drawing is authorized to revise and update

it. Any discrepancy between an X-Drawing and an applicable TO must be identified to the issuing

engineering support team for corrections. The engineering section will then revise the X-Drawing

and provide the user with a corrected copy.

7.1.2.2.13. (Added) Copies of X-Drawings kept on file by the user for accountability, inventory

of parts, etc., shall be marked by the user “FOR REFERENCE ONLY” and “UNCONTROLLED

COPY.” X-Drawings do not have to be stamped and dated daily.

7.1.2.5.1.1. (Added) Contractor provided technical data that is not hosted in an AF approved

electronic technical data MIS will be sent to the applicable AFLCMC TO management activity

(TOMA) for review then sent to the TODO for control and distribution.

7.1.2.9.5.1. (Added) Utilize OC-ALC Form 301, TO Distribution Change Notice, to ensure all

planners have reviewed the TO changes/change Bars and identified any applicable WCD impacts.

7.2.13.1. (Added) Functional Check Flight/Operational (FCF/OCF) Checklist. 76 AMXG

FCF/OCF Checklist (example found in Attachment 2 Figure A2.1of this supplement), must be

used for each FCF. Depot maintenance team (production supervisor, mechanics with appropriate

skills, and production controller) debriefs all FCFs with the aircrews. QA representative will attend

when requested. During debriefing, the FCF checklist and aircraft forms must be reviewed to

determine if all requirements have been accomplished. Each discrepancy discovered during the

FCF must be documented on AFTO Form 781A, Maintenance Discrepancy and Work Document.

After completing the review, the production controller must send the checklist to production

support records office for inclusion in the aircraft jacket file.

7.2.14.4. (Added) Rework instructions:

7.2.14.4.1. (Added) When it is necessary to rework an operation the following procedure will be

accomplished. The WCD is flagged with a red diagonal through the stamp of the mechanic who

Production Acceptance Certification (PAC) certified the operation but, must not obliterate the

entry. A new WCD will be initiated listing the steps of the operation that must be re-accomplished

and will be attached to the original WCD. The steps of the operation are again certified as they are

re-accomplished.

7.2.14.4.2. (Added) If the original WCD that is being reworked had a definitized list, it too will

need to be reprinted along with the new rework WCD generated from Maintenance Work Request

(MWR).

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 19

7.2.14.4.3. (Added) The definitized card that is reprinted (from the original WCD) will need to

have the original operation number marked out at the top of the definitized list and the new rework

operation number written in.

7.2.14.4.3.1. (Added) 76AMXG Aircraft Logistics Specialists (ALS) (Schedulers) will:

7.2.14.4.3.2. (Added) Set up a rework file folder for each tail number.

7.2.14.4.3.3. (Added) When printing WCD, ensure block 31 of WCD contains the word

“rework” and original operation number. Even if document is computer generated and the word

“rework” is printed across the top, write the word “rework” in red ink at the top of the WCD.

7.2.14.4.3.4. (Added) Make a copy of the rework document and the original document and place

them in the rework file as a record that the original documents have been released to production.

7.2.14.4.3.5. (Added) When rework is complete and new operation is turned in to the ALS,

original documents will be validated for correct entries in all required fields and filed under the

original operation number in the aircraft records. Example: Rework operation number 91236 will

be stapled to original operation 24567 and filed in the records under operation 24567. Copies will

be destroyed or provided to Procedures and Analysis (P&A) Office for analysis purposes as

required.

7.2.14.4.3.6. (Added) All rework must be documented to include the cost of material and labor

expended in the applicable data system and to provide an audit trail of final certification of work

re-accomplishment. Care must be taken to prevent over stamping, double stamping, or obliteration

on the original WCD. Production count is not taken for rework. When rework results in material

review actions, process the items according to AFSCMAN21-102.

7.2.14.4.3.7. (Added) Rework must be analyzed to determine causes and corrective action taken

to prevent recurrence. Upon closeout of aircraft records, P&A Office collects data, performs

analysis and annotates findings which require root cause analysis (RCA). Data collection can be

facilitated by using the MWR rework analysis report feature located in Programmed Depot

Maintenance Scheduling System (PDMSS) on the MWR menu on the “MISC” page for each

weapon system.

7.2.14.4.3.8. (Added) Production has five working days to return rework analysis to P&A Office.

7.2.14.4.3.9. (Added) P&A Office will determine if immediate action is necessary or if assistance

is required from outside the squadron (i.e., engineering, QA, etc.).

7.2.14.4.3.10. (Added) P&A Office shall file root causes and provide data to QA for inclusion in

the Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan (QASP) so follow up inspections can be performed on

corrective actions taken by production.

7.2.14.4.3.11. (Added) Only authorized personnel will have access to aircraft records and no

original documents will be removed from the area except for those required for rework

documentation.

7.3.2.5.1. (Added) PAC program manager needs to be notified when revisions are made to

WCDs that directly impact the form, fit, or function of the operation process.

20 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

7.3.4.1.3. (Added) Laboratory personnel are not issued stamps for certification or work

accomplished. When any of the various WCDs are used in support of laboratory analysis, 76

MXSG/ MXDTA scientists, engineers, and technicians will legibly affix their printed name, job

title, legal signature, and date to those various WCDs in the applicable task description block as

proof of completion. Laboratory scheduling will return these WCDs to originating organization

for file maintenance.

7.3.4.1.4. (Added) 76 Commodities Maintenance Group (CMXG) Reverse Engineering and

Critical Tooling (REACT) engineers and other non-production technical personnel are not issued

maintenance stamps. REACT accomplishes reverse engineering and tooling design via a variety

of emerging/advanced measuring technologies in order to provide missing or incorrect blueprint

data or create new blueprints/technical data packages for situations when no technical data exists.

These measuring devices include laser scanner, laser radars, blue light scanners and 3D probing

machines. The laser scanning and additive manufacturing (AM) technologies used are new to the

Air Force and do not have technical guidance or qualifications outside of the manufacture’s

recommendations. Once completed, the technical data packages are often utilized in conjunction

with AM to create sample parts (prototypes) to verify component fit onto weapon systems or

system sub-assemblies. Additive Manufacturing is also used to create sheet metal form blocks or

their production related fixtures. When any of the various WCDs are used in support of such core

REACT analyses, 76 Commodities Maintenance Group (76 CMXG) engineers and technicians

will legibly affix their printed name, job title, legal signature and date to those various WCDs in

the applicable task description block as proof of completion. REACT scheduling may return these

WCDs to the origination organization for file maintenance.

7.3.4.1.5. (Added) All groups will submit a Request for Quote (RFQ) for all REACT work

requested. Refer to the RFQ process in Chapter 6 of this supplement.

7.3.4.1.6. (Added) Planners will ensure their WCDs containing operations for any of the six 76

MXSG laboratories (MFCLA, MFCLB, MFCLC1, MFCLC2, MFCLD, and MFCLE) provide a

signature block containing lines for: 1.) A printed name, 2.) Job title, and 3.) Legal signature and

date on all applicable operations.

7.3.4.1.7. (Added) A nondestructive inspection (NDI) technician finding deficiencies will enter

defects noted in the task description block or note within the task block “see NDI inspection report

for defect findings.” When feasible the NDI technician will mark the part defect areas where noted

defects are discovered.

7.3.4.1.8. (Added) When critical tasks (secondary in-process certification) are performed by a

team, the team chief will brief all team members on safety requirements prior to task initiation.

7.3.4.1.9. (Added) In cases of incomplete work at end of shift, sufficient documentation will be

provided by the off-going shift supervisor or wage leader to ensure the work, when continued, will

not require unnecessary re-accomplishment of previous tasks. Tasks not completed due to end of

shift will be documented in accordance with group carryover procedures.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 21

7.3.4.1.10. (Added) The outbound supervisor or work leader can describe the completed work in

a type of log or shift book. If log or shift books are used they will be maintained as official records

IAW AF instructions. This should list the steps completed by the technicians on that shift. The

entries should be stamped by the technician who completed the task either in a type of log book or

on the back/bottom of the WCD. The technician who subsequently completes the task will certify

completion by properly stamping and dating the WCD task in the appropriate certification block.

This method can be used or adapted to meet specific group needs.

7.3.4.1.11. (Added) If the follow-on technician is unable to appraise the work already completed,

the shift supervisor or wage leader will determine how to proceed. Some of the options are as

follows:

7.3.4.1.11.1. (Added) Contact worker who performed original work on the operation/sub-

operation.

7.3.4.1.11.2. (Added) Rework that portion of the operation in question.

7.3.4.1.11.3. (Added) Save the work until the original mechanic is available to continue.

7.3.4.1.11.4. (Added) The results of the decision on how to proceed will be recorded on the WCD

or attached sheet of paper and verified by production supervisor stamp (P) and dated. Attached

sheet(s) will be retained in file with the WCD. In all cases of incomplete work at shift change,

sufficient documentation will be provided by the off-going mechanic to ensure the work, when

continued, will require no unnecessary rework.

7.3.4.1.11.5. (Added) Personnel who are in training status and are not PAC certified may stamp

in the margin or back of the WCD for identification purposes only.

7.3.7.3.3.1. (Added) Within 76 AMXG QPS is the OPR for all 76 AMXG Process Orders (PO)s.

And 76 AMXG/ MXDE office CL or DD is the approval authority for AFSC Form 561, Process

Order. After all applicable coordination and the validation/verification is obtained, the PO will be

forwarded to the 76 AMXG/MXDE CL or DD for final approval/signature, in block 13.

7.3.7.3.14. (Added) Upon a thorough review of applicable TOs, work specifications, and

documented instructions, any supervisor who feels there is a need for more or clearer guidance

(with coordination from production support flight chief) shall submit a written request to their

applicable supporting production engineering branch. The request must contain a brief process

description, a list of applicable TOs, and a production POC. To expedite the development of a PO,

an initial draft of the PO may be submitted with the letter of request.

7.3.7.3.15. (Added) If a PO is not required, the supporting engineering branch will notify the

requesting organization and give an explanation or alternate action.

7.3.7.3.16. (Added) If a PO is required, the supporting engineering branch will prepare an AFSC

Form 561.

7.3.7.3.17. (Added) The PO administrator will obtain coordination, (electronic coordination is

acceptable) comments and approvals as follows:

7.3.7.3.17.1. (Added) Mandatory coordination. Coordination from the following offices or

support personnel is mandatory and must be obtained on all POs.

7.3.7.3.17.2. (Added) Chief of the supporting engineering branch.

22 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

7.3.7.3.17.3. (Added) All applicable production squadrons.

7.3.7.3.17.4. (Added) Chief or deputy of the applicable production support flight.

7.3.7.3.17.5. (Added) Chief or deputy of the applicable production flight.

7.3.7.3.17.6. (Added) Optional coordination. 76 AMXG/MXDE CL shall be responsible for

determination of optional offices of coordination based on issues such as directive or code

compliance, environment, fire safety, or biological contamination. The following are standard

optional offices from which coordination may be necessary.

7.3.7.3.17.7. (Added) 72 ABW/CEF for fire safety issues.

7.3.7.3.17.8. (Added) 72 AMDS/SGBP for biological contamination issues.

7.3.7.3.17.9. (Added) 72 ABW/CEAN for environmental issues.

7.3.7.3.17.10. (Added) 76 MXSS/MXDVABB for industrial plant equipment.

7.3.7.3.18. (Added) 76 AMXG. Upon acquiring the final approval signature in block 13, the PO

administrator will annotate the “date effective” in block 6 on the first page of the PO. This will be

the date the process is officially effective and can be implemented. Once the effective date is added

the PO administrator will accomplish the following within 15 working days of the PO’s effective

date. Note: The PO administrator will assign the PO in the format 76 AMXG YY-XX. 76 AMXG

is the issuing group, YY = last two digits of the calendar year and XX = the sequential number of

the next PO on file.

7.3.7.3.18.1. (Added) 76 AMXG. Update the spreadsheet maintained in the "Q" Drive.

7.3.7.3.18.2. (Added) 76 AMXG. Scan and post the PO on the official 76 AMXG PO web site,

post electronic pdf format and Word format in QP file. File the master hard copy, along with

coordination in the master file in 76 AMXG/QPS.

7.3.7.3.18.3. (Added) 76 AMXG. Send acknowledgement of the approved PO to the applicable

production support flight for implementation into affected WCDs and/or definitized listings.

7.3.7.3.18.4. (Added) 76 AMXG. The PO administrator will maintain a listing of all technical

data references contained within each 76 AMXG PO, will monitor published technical data

changes and check them against those listed in all 76 AMXG POs. When a technical data reference

has changed the PO administrator will notify the initiating engineer(s) to update the affected POs

as necessary within 15 working days. Once the PO is properly updated, the PO administrator will

update the master document, post the new document to the official 76 AMXG PO website and

notify all affected production support flight planning offices to update their records.

7.3.7.3.18.5. (Added) 76 AMXG. The applicable production squadron(s) will accomplish the

following within 15 working days of acknowledgement:

7.3.7.3.18.6. (Added) 76 AMXG. Update all affected WCDs with the new PO information.

7.3.7.3.18.7. (Added) 76 AMXG. Send confirmation of WCD changes to the PO administrator.

7.3.7.3.18.8. (Added) 76 AMXG. Send the current PO, along with any affected documents, to

their respective production flight(s) for implementation.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 23

7.3.7.3.19. (Added) 76 AMXG. PO reviews: All established POs shall be reviewed every two

years. All coordinated reviews will be updated in the master PO file and the official 76 AMXG

PO web site.

7.3.7.3.19.1. (Added) 76 AMXG. POs that require no changes or minimal updates (i.e.,

regulatory or TO references, building numbers, locations, office symbols, or other similar changes)

do not require re-coordination.

7.3.7.3.19.2. (Added) 76 AMXG. POs that require substantial changes or alter existing

responsibilities, content, or procedure will be identified with a revision number in block 3 of the

AFSC Form 561 (76 AMXG/MXDE CL or DD shall determine if re-coordination is required).

7.3.7.3.19.3. (Added) 76 AMXG. Rescinded POs: POs may be rescinded if they are no longer

applicable or required for 76 AMXG operations. This may be performed at the biennial review, or

by written notification from the respective production squadron.

7.3.7.3.19.4. (Added) 76 AMXG. The PO administrator will annotate the date rescinded in block

9 of the PO’s first page and display the word “Rescinded” on all pages. Rescinded POs will be

retained for a minimum of one (1) year in the master PO file, and the official web site will be

updated accordingly. The PO administrator will notify applicable production support flight

planning office(s) when a PO is rescinded and maintain confirmation of updated WCDs in the

master PO file with the rescinded PO.

7.3.7.3.19.5. (Added) 76 AMXG. The applicable production support flight planning office(s)

will update all affected WCDs, inform their respective production flights and forward confirmation

of updates to the PO administrator, within 15 working days of notification.

7.4.6. (Added) Stamp Assignment.

7.4.6.1. (Added) Mechanic/technician will signify PAC certification by utilizing their Group

assigned stamp in the appropriate block; mechanic/technicians will NOT use another employee’s

M stamp to certify their work. The following block of maintenance (M) stamp numbers are

assigned to the following groups:

Table 7.5. (Added) M-Stamps.

Groups

From-To

Name of Group

76 AMXG

10000-19999

Aircraft

76 PMXG

20000-49999

Propulsion

76 CMXG

50000-59999

Commodities

76 MXSG

None

Maintenance Support

7.4.6.2. (Added) Stamps will only be used in accordance with AFSCMAN21-102 requirements.

NDI (N) stamps will be used to certify the completion of NDI operations. Certification of

acceptance or rejection of the inspected part shall be annotated near the “N” stamp block. The “N”

stamp will not be used in lieu of the “M” stamp. The following block of “N” stamp numbers are

assigned to the following groups:

24 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Table 7.6. (Added) N-Stamps.

Groups

From-To

Name of Group

76 AMXG

100-199

Aircraft

76 PMXG

400-1999

Propulsion

76 CMXG

200-399

Commodities

76 MXSG

None

Maintenance Support

7.4.6.3. (Added) Production supervisor “P” stamp. Issued to supervisors. “P” Stamps can be used

for, but not limited to Z-ing out WCDs when supplemental documents are printed and stamping

corrections to WCDs such as part serial number corrections and may be used to stamp condition

tags. The following blocks of “P” stamp numbers are assigned to the following groups:

Table 7.7. (Added) P-Stamps.

Groups

From - To

Name of Group

76 AMXG

1000-1999

Aircraft

76 PMXG

2000-2999 and 4000-4999

Propulsion

76 CMXG

3000-3999 and 5000-6999

Commodities

76 MXSG

None

Maintenance Support

7.4.6.4. (Added) Industrial engineering technician (IET) Stamp: Issued to industrial engineering

technician planners that review WCDs for adequate completion in accordance with requirements

and specifications; the following blocks of "IET" stamp numbers are assigned to the following

groups:

Table 7.8. (Added) IET-Stamps.

Groups

From - To

Name of Group

76 AMXG

100-299

Aircraft

76 PMXG

300-699

Propulsion

76 CMXG

700-899

Commodities

76 MXSG

None

Maintenance Support

7.4.6.5. (Added) Scheduler (C) stamp. Issued to schedulers to certify completion of WCDs to

ensure all required certification blocks have been stamped and dated. The following blocks of “C”

stamp numbers are assigned to the following groups:

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 25

Table 7.9. (Added) C-Stamps.

Groups

From - To

Name of Group

76 AMXG

0001-0999

Aircraft

76 PMXG

1000-1999

Propulsion

76 CMXG

2000-2999

Commodities

76 MXSG

None

Maintenance Support

7.4.6.6. (Added) Quality (Q) Stamp. Issued to quality assurance personnel whose function is to

perform quality verification inspections (QVI)s on maintenance processes and hardware to ensure

they comply with applicable technical data, specifications, safety, and other applicable directives.

The “Q” stamp will be used to stamp off appropriate WCDs. The following blocks of “Q” stamp

numbers are assigned to the following groups:

Table 7.10. (Added) Q-Stamps.

Groups

From - To

Name of Group

76 AMXG

1000-1999

Aircraft

76 PMXG

4000-4999

Propulsion

76 CMXG

2000-2999

Commodities

76 MXSG

3000-3999

Maintenance Support

7.4.6.7. (Added) Maintenance Review Team (MRT) stamp. This stamp is used by the MRT, in

conjunction with other process stamps, in the initial review process of any identified unplanned

discrepancy. The following blocks of “MRT” stamp numbers are assigned to the following groups:

Table 7.11. (Added) MRT-Stamps.

Groups

From - To

Name of Group

76 AMXG

1000-1999

Aircraft

76 PMXG

None

Propulsion

76 CMXG

None

Commodities

76 MXSG

None

Maintenance Support

7.4.6.8. (Added) Project Administration Office (PAO) stamps. Used in the MRT process for

funding authorization. These stamps are issued and controlled by the System Program Office

(SPO).

7.4.6.9. (Added) Project required (PR) stamp. Used by the MRT to signify an identified

discrepancy as being covered by the project directive.

26 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

7.4.6.10. (Added) Not project required (NPR) stamp. Used by the MRT to signify an identified

discrepancy as not being covered by the project directive. These stamps are issued to production

personnel that are qualified and certified test operators whose function is to test weapon systems

components IAW technical data, specifications, safety, and other applicable directives.

7.4.6.11. (Added) The Aircraft Maintenance Group’s allotment of numbers further segregates

the stamps by use of an alpha letter—A for all -135 Production Flight stamps, B for all B-1 Bomber

Production Flight stamps, C for Services Flight stamps, E for E-3 Production Flight stamps, and F

for B-52 Production Flight stamps, and X for 76 AMXG Expeditionary Depot Maintenance

(EDMX) Flight stamps.

7.4.6.12. (Added) Military Repair Station (MRS) Stamps.

7.4.6.13. (Added-RII) Required Inspection Item Stamp. Issued to Quality Assurance Specialist

(QAS) selected by the Accountable Manager to verify the RII task being performed was performed

correctly, in accordance with technical data, and with the QAS present during the complete

operation of the task. RII tasks are not to be waived. Task must be performed with a RII QAS

present. This stamp is for use in the Military Repair Station to “meet the intent” of the Federal

Aviation Administration (FAA).

Table 7.12. (Added) RII-Stamps.

Groups

From – To

Name of Group

76 AMXG

100 - 199

Aircraft

76 PMXG

None

Propulsion

76 CMXG

None

Commodities

76 MXSG

None

Maintenance Support

7.4.6.14. (Added-FI) Final Inspection Stamp (CMXG only). Issued to subject matter expert

(SME) production maintenance personnel to ensure all work has been inspected for compliance

with the inspection system and the article is ready for approval for return to service. This stamp is

for use in the Military Repair Station on articles produced to “meet the intent” of the FAA.

Table 7.13. (Added) FI-Stamps.

Groups

From – To

Name of Group

76 AMXG

None

Aircraft

76 PMXG

None

Propulsion

76 CMXG

300 - 399

Commodities

76 MXSG

None

Maintenance Support

7.5.3. (Added) TODO offices shall control and distribute contractor provided technical data.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 27

Chapter 8

QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) PROGRAM

8.1.1. (Added) This chapter, along with AFMCI21-100, Depot Maintenance Management,

serves as the Complex Quality Manual and Quality Assurance Plan (QAP). This will be

augmented by the quarterly Maintenance Standardization and Evaluation Program (MSEP) and

group Quality Assurance Surveillance Plans (QASP)s.

8.4.1.9.9.1. (Added) The Logistics Evaluation Assurance Program (LEAP) complex site

manager serves as the primary focal point for the Oklahoma City Air Logistics Complex (OC-

ALC) and is appointed by the OC-ALC/QA Chief. The complex site manager is responsible for

making decisions that affect all LEAP users within the work center. The duties of the complex

site manager shall include:

8.4.1.9.9.2. (Added) Serves as the OC-ALC representative to the Headquarters (HQ) Air Force

Materiel Command (AFMC) LEAP working group.

8.4.1.9.9.3. (Added) Chairs the OC-ALC LEAP working group, as needed.

8.4.1.9.9.4. (Added) Works with the LEAP software manager and complex site manager from

the other Air Logistic Complex (ALC)s to develop/recommend improvements to the LEAP

system, as well as other duties as needed.

8.4.1.9.9.5. (Added) Works with the LEAP software manager to immediately remove the access

rights of anyone abusing/misusing the system.

8.4.1.9.9.6. (Added) Monitors the integrity of the data in LEAP.

8.4.1.9.9.7. (Added) Approves, establishes, and maintains all standard codes within LEAP.

8.4.1.9.9.8. (Added) Tests new versions of LEAP software.

8.4.1.9.9.9. (Added) Reviews user access requests.

8.4.1.9.9.10. (Added) Establishes, maintains, and updates user profiles for LEAP site managers.

8.4.1.9.9.11. (Added) Provides training/guidance/support to the group site managers.

8.4.1.9.9.12. (Added) Develops, recommends, and maintains local regulations/policies regarding

LEAP and the usage of the database.

8.4.1.9.9.13. (Added) Provides direct analysis support to OC-ALC/QA and higher

organizations.

8.4.1.9.9.14. (Added) Provides overdue AFMC Form 343, Quality Assurance Assessment status

reports to the appropriate groups weekly.

8.4.1.9.16. (Added) The OC-ALC/QA, will perform trend analysis of inspections, root cause

analysis (RCA), and defect codes by using LEAP, Corrective Action Tracking System (CATS),

and other appropriate methods. The results of the trend analysis will be reported to Complex senior

leaders. The responsible group shall take appropriate action to improve the product, process, or

service in order to eliminate the nonconformance. Continuous improvement of the corrective

action process will be made based on regular analysis of tracking system data, the quality

management review process and customer feedback.

28 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

8.4.1.9.17. (Added) Manage Complex QA Flash Program, an informative tool which may be

initiated as the result of a potential deficiency. The QA Flash is not a corrective action request;

therefore no formal corrective action is necessary.

8.4.1.10.4. (Added) The 76 Aircraft Maintenance Group Expeditionary Depot Maintenance (76

AMXG/EDMX) inspectors will be approved by the group commander.

8.4.1.11.1.1. (Added) Historical assessment data, customer satisfaction, and management

direction may be used to update and revise individual OC-ALC group QASP(s). If assessments

consistently receive pass/fail ratings, the OC-ALC group may adjust the acceptable quality level

(AQL) accordingly. OC-ALC groups will conduct a review every three months, as a minimum,

to update the QASP.

8.4.1.11.1.2. (Added) Each OC-ALC group QASP will be signed by the appropriate group

Commander/Deputy Commander CC/DD and OC-ALC/QA Chief. Each group will forward their

QASP to the OC-ALC/QA workflow for review no later than the last duty day of the month

proceeding the applicable QASP quarter. Once the QASP is signed, additions can be made, but

deletions will not be made without approval of the applicable group CC/DD and OC-ALC/QA

Chief. Each group QASP will be posted on the appropriate group web site.

8.4.1.11.5.1. (Added) Group LEAP site managers (known hereafter as group site managers)

serve as the primary focal point for LEAP within their group. Each organization is authorized two

group site managers, a primary and an alternate. Additional group site managers may be requested

by submitting a letter/e-mail to the Complex site manager. The duties of the group site manager

shall include, but not be limited to: (Note: 76 Software Engineering Group (76 SWEG) will belong

under the OC-ALC site manager and is exempt from this requirement).

8.4.1.11.5.2. (Added) Responsible for providing reports as requested or directed by their group.

8.4.1.11.5.3. (Added) Responsible for monitoring assessments, their status, and for the integrity

and quality of data entered into LEAP relevant to their group.

8.4.1.11.5.4. (Added) Provides guidance and support to the users within their group.

8.4.1.11.5.5. (Added) Represents their organization at local LEAP working group meetings.

8.4.1.11.5.6. (Added) Submits in writing any e-mail issues, problems, recommendations relating

to LEAP software to the Complex administrator.

8.4.1.11.5.7. (Added) Forwards a completed copy of the Form DD2875, System Authorization

Access Request (SAAR), to the Complex site manager.

8.4.1.11.5.8. (Added) After initial input by the LEAP complex site manager, assigns, maintains,

and updates user profiles in LEAP relevant to the needs of the users within their group, that is,

quality evaluator, quality specialist, quality auditor, quality data entry, production manager,

production supervisor, or report viewer.

8.4.1.11.5.9. (Added) Establishes a new assessment control number at the beginning of each FY.

8.4.1.11.5.10. (Added) May establish and maintain customer feedback forms for users/customers

within their group.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 29

8.4.1.11.6.1. (Added) OC-ALC groups shall review customer focus metrics associated with

internal and external customer feedback. Management will ensure corrective action, preventive

action, or process improvement tools are used to maintain an acceptable level of customer

satisfaction.

8.4.3.4.1. (Added) Personnel evaluations (PE)s will be tracked in the Training Scheduling

System (TSS). Within three working days of PAC, a PE course code will be loaded into the

technician’s TSS record.

8.4.3.5.1. (Added) The following flow chart (Figure 8.1) defines the process for tracking

Evaluator Proficiency Evaluation (EPE)s in TSS. EPEs will be documented in LEAP as

Management Inspections (MI)s using “Quality Assurance” in the assessment category block and

“Evaluate the Evaluator” in the checklist block.

30 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Figure 8.1. (Added) Quality Assurance Specialist (QAS) EPE/TSS Process for OC-ALC.

8.4.4.1.1.7. (Added) Supervision is required to notify the applicable group QA office when an

employee is initially certified for the purpose of performing a PE.

8.4.4.1.1.8. (Added) If an employee fails a PE for workmanship, decertification of that employee

is required within one working day of the PE failure. The employee’s supervisor is required to

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 31

inform the applicable group QA upon recertification of the employee. The following flow chart

(Figure 8.2) defines the process for tracking PEs in TSS.

Figure 8.2. (Added) PE/TSS Process for OC-ALC.

8.4.4.1.2.1. (Added) When an employee fails a QVI for workmanship, decertification of that

employee is required within one day after the QVI failure. The employee’s supervisor is required

to inform the applicable group QA upon recertification of the employee.

32 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

8.4.4.1.3.2. (Added) Quality Verification Inspection Q-Stamps (QVIQ)s have been determined

critical in assuring a quality product/process is accomplished within the Complex. If a PAC

qualified QAS is not available, production will contact either the OC-ALC/QA squadron chiefs or

the respective OC-ALC/QA group chief to waive the requirement. If this occurs on the weekend

or during non-duty hours, the production supervisor will contact the applicable group QA chief or

QA supervisor (designee) to waive the QVIQ stamp. Group QA offices will integrate their waiver

process into their QASPs. Group QA offices will develop a tracking method to track QVIQ

waivers. If the QVIQ was bypassed without being waived IAW the described process, an AFMC

Form 343, will be generated against the supervisor on duty who was responsible for ensuring the

QVIQ was performed and entered into LEAP as a Special Inspection (SI) in block 1.

8.4.4.1.3.3. (Added) A QAS can add a hand scribed quality (“Q”) code in column 2 of block 29

of the AFSC Form 173, MDS/Project Operation Assignment, or next to the certification block of

the Air Force Sustainment Center (AFSC) Form 959, Work Control Document (WCD), inventory

tracking system (ITS), or the Definitized List. This will allow the QAS to ensure a specific

operation is inspected as a part of an “in-process” QVI. Shop will notify the QAS when they see

a hand scribed “Q” so the QAS can perform the “in process” inspection. This will be a red ink

change. The QAS will affix a stamp and date above the code.

8.4.4.1.3.4. (Added) Group QAs will review internal and external data to include: Quality

Deficiency Report (QDR)s, Acceptance Inspection Deficiency Reports (AIDR)s, LEAP, and

rework/recycle for “Q” stamp inclusion at a minimum quarterly basis utilizing no less than a rolling

12 months worth of data. Those tasks/operations/processes which show a history of repeat defects,

high failure rates, or upon risk assessment have safety of flight affects shall be considered for a

“Q” stamp. Defects or deficiencies determined to be workmanship, (i.e., preventable, LEAP codes

how malfunction (HM), technical data (TE), and foreign object (FO)) will also be evaluated using

risk assessment tools to determine safety of flight affects. An AFSC Form 957, WCD Change

Request, will be utilized for all QVIQ requests adding a “Q” stamp to WCDs. Manual “Q” stamp

placement procedures will be utilized for one time or immediate action occurrences.

8.4.4.1.3.5. (Added) Production management is encouraged to request “Q” stamp placement for

any task/operation they deem necessary for QA review. Applicable QA chiefs will review requests

to ensure appropriate resources are available to support the requirement. Communication with all

production partners is essential so there are no misunderstandings when “Qs” are added to WCDs

for the first time. It is the responsibility of the supporting supervisor in production to fully

communicate with their technicians that a “Q” has been added to a WCD in their work area.

8.4.4.1.3.6. (Added) Report QVIQ inspection results in monthly group quality indicators

focusing on trends.

8.4.4.1.3.7. (Added) As a minimum QVIQs will be evaluated quarterly to verify continued need.

Air Force Instruction (AFI) required inspections do not require verification quarterly; however,

they should be reviewed occasionally to ensure they are having the desired effect. Removal of

QVIQs should be considered once the original condition has been corrected or no additional

benefit is derived from continued inspections. No “Q” stamp shall be removed from a WCD

without the coordination between QA and production. Once concurrence has been received route

an AFSC Form 957 to remove the “Q” stamp from the WCDs.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 33

8.4.4.1.4.1. (Added) In areas possessing Nuclear Certified Equipment (NCE) Routine Inspection

List (RIL)s shall be appropriately scheduled and included in the applicable OC-ALC group QASP.

The NCE routine inspection list (RIL) Checklist will be run at least annually. Checklists can be

found on the OC-ALC/QA Enterprise Information System (EIS) site under Local QA Checklists

(R).

8.4.4.1.5.1. (Added) SIs will only be used to document “stumble-on” findings that fall outside of

the planned inspection being performed. The finding will be documented on a separate AFMC

Form 343 as an SI in block 1. When determining the defect class on the AFMC Form 343, utilize

the applicable RIL. If the defect is not listed on the RIL, utilize the definition of a major or minor

in Air Force Sustainment Center Manual (AFSCMAN)21-102, Depot Maintenance Management,

chapter 8 and AFMCI21-100, chapter 8 to determine the Quality Assessment Rating (QAR) of the

finding. AQL levels will be established by each group.

8.4.4.1.6.1. (Added) Vehicle inspections will be input as MIs in LEAP and sent to the owner of

the vehicle, their supervisor for information or action, and the group QA office workflow account.

76 AMXG organizations are required to fill in blocks in accordance with IAW Table 8.6, and send

the AFMC Form 343 to the respective squadron workflow account, as well as the supervisor.

8.4.4.1.6.2. (Added) Occupational Health and Environmental inspections accomplished will be

input as MIs in LEAP with QPE control numbers. Occupational Health and Environmental

organizations are required to fill in blocks IAW Table 8.6 and send the AFMC Form 343 to the

respective squadron workflow account, as well as the supervisor.

8.4.4.2.1.6. (Added) If the QAR 1 rated inspection is fixed "on the spot" (verified by the QAS

prior to departing the area), the assessing organization QAS will annotate “Fixed on the spot” as

well as the corrective action in the corrective action block on the AFMC Form 343. In the follow-

up block annotate “Finding fixed on the spot, no further action required.”

8.4.4.2.1.7. (Added) No extensions will be granted for suspense dates. Issuing QA office has

two working days for acceptance or rejection of the AFMC Form 343 corrective/preventative

action(s).

8.4.4.2.1.8. (Added) Extension of Plan Date. If the plan date needs to be adjusted due to

extenuating circumstances, the work center site manager will enter the new date in plan date and

the original date along with supporting rationale in the comments block. Extensions will be

recorded and tracked in LEAP.

8.4.4.2.1.9. (Added) Follow-up inspections shall be conducted on all documented non-

conformances to ensure corrective actions are effectively implemented. The only exception to this

rule is fixed on the spot minor non conformances. After the implementation of the corrective

action and expiration of planned completion date, a follow-up inspection will be completed within

90 working days.

8.4.4.2.1.10. (Added) Failed follow-up inspections will be briefed to the supervisor or designated

work center official and the AFMC Form 343 documented as “failed follow-up” with details of

the failure in follow-up assessment block. An additional finding page will be opened on the

original AFMC Form 343 to document the second failure. The date used will be the date of the

failed follow-up. The original finding page will be closed. The shop supervisor or designated

work center official will be notified and will be required to input a new corrective action.

34 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

8.4.4.2.1.11. (Added) Data generated from the submittal of subject forms shall be entered and

maintained in LEAP. LEAP provides personnel direct access for inputting, editing, and viewing

of data. Depot personnel may access LEAP for "View Only" purposes provided they submit a

Form DD2875, to their responsible group LEAP site manager.

8.4.5.1.1. (Added) Data analysis will be performed on all findings on a recurring basis (monthly,

quarterly, and annually) to evaluate trends/systemic issues across OC-ALC. If systemic issues are

found, complex/group leadership shall determine an appropriate RCA response tool to develop

countermeasures to ensure the root cause is mitigated.

8.4.5.1.1.1. (Added) Trigger points. Defect codes will be the first analysis level to determine

systemic findings. Once like defect codes are grouped, each defect code grouping that meets or

exceeds the trigger point will be read individually to ensure findings are similar.

8.4.5.1.1.2. (Added) Criteria for trigger points. Trigger point 1: Greater than 50 percent of

production groups have similar issue (meeting or exceeding three percent of previous group twelve

months rolling average). Trigger point 2: Any individual group that has a defect code rate that

meets or exceeds twice the quarterly average. Trigger point 3: Increased risk associated with

identified finding (e.g., damage to a part, injury to an employee, etc.).

8.4.5.1.1.3. (Added) Planned Action to Prevent Reoccurrence. If the AFMC Form 343 findings

are deemed a trend/systemic issue through trigger point data, the Group Commander/Deputy will

ensure an RCA and Corrective Action is accomplished and submitted to the Complex QA office.

At time of finding; a correction is required. If applicable, this correction should address existence

of any additional nonconforming products and when required, further action should be taken.

Additionally, any correction should be evaluated for the need for action based on human factors

to ensure nonconformities do not recur.

8.4.5.1.1.4. (Added) If an inspection fails due to exceeding the acceptable AQL, inspectors will

keep each finding as a minor in the defect class block and change the assessment rating block to a

QAR 3.

8.4.5.3.4.3. (Added) Minimum data fields contained in LEAP AFMC Form 343 will include the

following (Table 8.6.).

Table 8.6. (Added) Populating AFMC Form 343 in LEAP.

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

Quality

Assessment

Type

QVI – Quality Verification

Inspection

QVIQ-Quality Verification

Inspection Q-Stamps

RI – Routine Inspection

PE – Personnel Evaluation

SI – Special Inspection

MI – Management Inspection

DSV – Detected Safety Violation

TDV – Technical Data Violation

UCR – Unsatisfactory Condition

Report

RII – Required Inspection Items

(FAA)

Yes; system requirement

Date Of

Evaluation

Date of assessment-select from

calendar.

Yes; system requirement

Assessment

Start Time

Four digit designator in military

time format (numbers only).

Yes; system requirement

Total

Assessment

Time

Total time used to complete

inspection (numbers only).

Yes; system requirement

Control

Number

System generated Evaluation

number.

Yes; auto-generated field

Assessment

Category

Category of the inspection type for

MIs and SIs (associated with block

8).

In-Process or End-Process for QVI,

QVIQ and RII.

Yes; OC-ALC required on ALL MI,

SI, QVI, QVIQ and RII inspections

Sub Category

Routine Inspection List

Yes; OC-ALC required on ALL RILs.

36 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

Checklist

Name

HQ or Local checklist used

(associated with block 6)

Yes; OC-ALC required on ALL SI or

Assessment

Rating

Quality rating assigned to each

assessment: QAR-1, QAR-3, or Not

Rated (Not Rated inspections must

be approved)

Yes; system requirement

Misc

Free text field used at the discretion

of QA Groups.

OC-ALC required for all EPEs (enter

QAS name).

QASC required for in-process QVIs

(HIGH CRITICAL; HIGH;

MEDIUM; LOW), QVIQs with

planned WCDs use Q, hand scribed

inspections use QVIQ. MXSG

excluded.

Group

Assessed

Group Assessed during inspection

Yes; system requirement

Squadron

Assessed

Squadron assessed during inspection

As applicable. QASP required.

12a

Flight

Assessed

Flight assessed during inspection

As applicable.

12b

Section

Assessed

Section assessed during inspection

As applicable. QASP required for

RCC codes. QASC required for Unit

shops.

Person

Evaluated

Name of person responsible for

work/object being evaluated.

Yes; OC-ALC required on ALL PE,

QVI, and QVIQ inspections.

Recommended for all other

inspections where applicable.

Stamp

Number

Stamp number of person responsible

for work/object being evaluated.

System generated block when

applicable.

Yes; OC-ALC required on ALL PE,

QVI and QVIQ inspections.

Recommended for all other

inspections where applicable.

MXSG excluded.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 37

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

Product / Process / Task / Service Assessment Classifier

15a

NSN

National Stock Number (####-##-

###-######)

QASC required when available;

15b

P/N

Manufacturer part number

identifying an item, assembly, end

item, or equipment.

QASC & QASP required on PE, QVI,

& QVIQ, optional otherwise.

15c

S/N

Serial number. A unique number

that identifies an item, assembly,

end item or equipment.

QASC & QASP required on product if

available, optional otherwise.

15d

Item

Description

A description of the product,

process, task, or service being

evaluated. If a product inspection,

the description should be consistent

with the Illustrated Parts

Breakdown.

Yes; OC-ALC required. QASP-use

WCD title or pre-test/post-test engine

inspection

15e

JON

Job Order Number. A number that

identifies an accounting entity.

As applicable

15f

MDS/TMS

List the Mission Design Series or

Type Model Series.

Yes; OC-ALC requirement on all

QVI, QVIQ and PE inspections

MXSG excluded

15g

WPN

Weapon System Code. Identifies a

weapon system type.

Yes; OC-ALC required on all QVI,

QVIQ and PE inspections. QASP use

(PMXG). QASC use (CMXG).

MXSG excluded

15h

Tail Number

Tail number of aircraft being

inspected.

Required by QASA when applicable,

otherwise, if available

15i

WUC

Work Unit Code

Required by QASA when applicable,

otherwise if available. QASP to

identify ITN on PE and QVIs

15j

WCD

Number

Work Control Document code

WCD ID number required for QASC

& QASP on ALL PE, QVI, & QVIQ.

38 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

15k

Operation

Number

Operation Number of a production

process

Yes; OC-ALC required for ALL PE,

QVI & QVIQ inspections, except

MXSG. Recommended for all other

inspections when applicable.

15l

Control

Number

Control Number use determined be

each QA group and defined by local

directive.

QASC required for PE & QVI (if

available), QASC T-jobs put P/N,

optional otherwise. QASP required

Audit Code.

15m

PAC Task

Code

PAC/TSS Task Code for task being

evaluated

OC-ALC required TSS task code on

all PE, QVI, and QVIQ inspections.

15n

Type

Maintenance

Type of maintenance performed:

Organic or Contractor

As applicable

15o

Product Area

Code that identifies shop/back shop,

file location, or ramp space.

Designates location where the

inspection was conducted.

Yes; system requirement

15p

Product

Location

Code that identifies exact building,

ramp space, etc., where inspection

occurred or group area.

Yes; system requirement

15q

Sample Size

Sample size of product or area

inspected.

Required for RI inspections and when

applicable on MI inspections

15r

AQL

Used to indicate the acceptable

quality limit of the inspection

performed.

Yes; system requirement

15s

Other

Field reserved for use by each QA

group.

QASA requires Inspection ID code

number, QASC requires ITN number

on PE and QVIs, optional otherwise

15t

Defect

Category

Defect code category

Yes; system requirement

15u

Defect Code

Defect code description

Yes; system requirement

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 39

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

15v

Deficiency

Class

Rating value assigned to each

discrepancy: minor, major, or not

rated.

Yes; system requirement. ZD

inspections will use “Not Rated”.

15w

Repeat

Finding/

Deficiency

Used to show the deficiency has

been reported before, within a

specified time frame.

Yes; system requirement

Yes if showing a continuous problem.

If used, yes would indicate the same

problem within the RCC within six

months. If yes for QASA, enter repeat

AFMC IMT 343 control number in

block 20.

Evaluator

Name

Name of person who performed the

assessment.

Yes; auto-generated field

Evaluator

Organization

Parent organization identifier of

person who performed the

assessment.

Yes; auto-generated field

Finding /

Deficiency

Number

Each finding gets an auto-generated

Deficiency number associated with

the Evaluation number.

Yes; auto-generated field

Finding /

Deficiency

Describe the finding/deficiency

Yes, system requirement

Supporting/

Additional

Information

References to support noted

deficiency; comment to describe

task being performed and other

information that may be helpful.

Optional, but highly recommended.

QASA required AIDR RCN. QASP

required. Sub-op description and any

other pertinent information. QASC

uses to state what gates were looked at

and complete/incomplete

Reference

AFI, AFMCI,

TO, PO,

Drawing etc.

Regulation guidance, technical

order, process order, drawings, etc.

Used for the inspection or to identify

a discrepancy.

Yes; OC-ALC required on all

inspections, list primary tech data

40 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

Reference

Chapter,

Page, and/or

Paragraph

Identifies the chapter, page, and/or

paragraph numbers (only) to the

reference used in block 21.

Yes; OC-ALC required on all

deficiencies. At a minimum, must

have paragraph number.

Finding/

Deficiency

Validator

Chief Evaluator or Site Manager

reviews 343 for accuracy and

validates that data, finding, and

deficiency code are correct.

OC-ALC required on all QAR3

deficiencies

Responsible

Person

Name of person responsible for the

area where inspection was

conducted.

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Responsible

Organization

Organization identifier of person

who is responsible for area.

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Suspense Date

Suspense date for submittal of

corrective/preventative action by

responsible person (area

owner/organization).

Yes; auto-generated field

Corrective

Action

Action taken by the responsible

organization to correct the noted

deficiency.

Yes; OC-ALC requirement. Input by

the assessed organization.

RCA

Category

RCA category designator

Optional. May be requested by QA

RCA Code

Three part code which categorizes

defects by root cause. Entered by

responsible person at time of

corrective/preventative input into

LEAP.

Optional. May be requested by QA

Corrected By

Name of individual who performed

corrective action

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Corrected By

Organization

Organization of person who

performed the corrective action

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 41

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

Action Date

Date corrective action performed

Yes; OC-ALC requirement.

Use calendar selection

Planned

Action To

Prevent

Recurrence

Action taken by the responsible

organization to prevent noted

deficiency recurrence.

Optional. May be requested by QA

Performed By

Name of individual who is

responsible for implementing the

preventative action

Optional. May be requested by QA

Organization

Organization of person who is

responsible for implementing the

preventative action

Optional. May be requested by QA

Plan Date

Date responsible organization plans

to have preventative action in place

Optional. May be requested by QA.

Use calendar selection

Accept /

Reject

Indicated whether a

corrective/preventative action is

accepted or rejected (Quality

function)

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Date

Date Quality accepts/rejects the

proposed corrective/preventative

action

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Use calendar selection

Comments

Any relative comments relating to

the acceptance/rejection of the

AFMC IMT 343

OC-ALC requirement for all

rejections

QA Follow-

Assessment

Findings of follow-up assessment by

Quality, evaluating implementation

of corrective/preventative action

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Follow-Up By

Name of person performing follow-

up assessment

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

Follow-Up By

Organization

Organization of person performing

follow-up assessment

Yes; OC-ALC requirement

42 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Block

Name

Definition

Required?

Completion

Date

Date follow-up assessment

completed. This closes the form and

finding when date is entered and

saved.

Yes; OC-ALC requirement. This

action closes the Evaluation and the

Finding.

8.4.5.3.4.4. (Added) When an AFMC Form 343 is issued, the following procedures will apply:

8.4.5.3.4.5. (Added) The supervisor or designated official of the work center being evaluated will

be in-briefed and out-briefed, if available. Additionally, the AFMC Form 343 will be e-mailed to

the supervisor or responsible person as soon as possible using the e-mail client in LEAP, if

available. Otherwise, print, scan, and e-mail the AFMC Form 343. Completed AFMC Form 343

will be sent back to the issuing office for acceptance or rejection of the finding within eight

working days. The issuing office should check LEAP daily for actions that need accepting or

rejecting. The issuing QA office has two working days for acceptance or rejection of the AFMC

Form 343 corrective/preventative action(s).

8.4.5.4.1. (Added) Groups will use the OC-ALC/QA EIS site for Request for Quality Assistance

(RQA). All personnel have access to this site as an avenue to request investigation into an issue

(product, process, or management system) thought to affect the quality management system. To

initiate an RQA electronically, the initiator must access the form for RQA located on the OC-

ALC/QA EIS site. Upon completion of the form, it is automatically routed to the applicable

Complex RQA focal point. The Complex RQA focal point will, in turn, route the RQA to the

applicable group QA office for investigation.

8.4.5.4.2. (Added) The OC-ALC/QA office will receive, validate, and track all RQAs in the OC-

ALC/QA EIS site. Invalid requests (examples include personnel matters, leave issues, etc.) will

be returned to the originator (if known) for modification or other action. The assigned group QA

office will investigate the request to determine if further inspection is required. If the nature of the

observation is beyond the scope of the group QA to resolve, it may be referred to the Complex

Quality office for review and disposition. In all cases, the responsible QA office will acknowledge

receipt and provide disposition or status, as appropriate, to the submitter (if identified) and the

Complex RQA Focal Point, within 10 working days. In addition, the responsible group QA office

will provide weekly status updates to the Complex RQA focal point until the RQA is closed.

8.4.5.4.3. (Added) If, after investigation, the concern or issue is determined to be valid,

disposition may include the following: submittal of a Corrective Action Request (CAR) for

systemic problems, or submittal of an AFMC Form 343 for isolated violation.

8.5. (Added) OC-ALC/QA shall serve as the Product Improvement Manager (PIM) for

technical order recommend change (RC) requests submitted by the Complex.

8.5.1. (Added) All RCs shall be input into the Enhanced Technical Information Management

System (ETIMS). IAW TO 00-5-1, Air Force Technical Order System, Chapter 9. ETIMS is the

designated standard Air Force (AF) Enterprise Technical Order/Computer Program Identification

Numbering (TO/CPIN) system of record. ETIMS capabilities include TO/CPIN

cataloging/indexing, TO/CPIN subscription/ requisition processing, TO/CPIN Distribution Office

(TODO) account management, TO Recommended Change management (replaces the AFTO Form

22, Technical Manual (TM) Change Recommendation and Reply, AFTO Form 252 Technical

Order Publication Change Request , and AF Form 847), paper TO distribution/printing, and

storage/distribution/archival of electronic technical orders (eTO)s (including Interactive Electronic

Technical Manuals (IETM)s.

44 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

8.6. (Added) International Organization for Standardization (ISO) certification and

auditing. The purpose of ISO is to give state of the art specifications for products, services and

good practice to help make industry more efficient and effective. ISO ensures processes are in

place so products and services are safe, reliable and of good quality and is a strategic tool to reduce

costs by minimizing waste and errors which increases productivity. ISO requirements complement

existing AF regulation requirements. The Complex audits to the applicable ISO standard.

8.6.1. (Added) Current ISO/AS9110/ISO 9001standard auditing. In accordance with Oklahoma

City Air Logistics Complex Manual (OCALCMAN) 90-107 OCALC Quality Manual, OC-

ALC/Compliance Inspection Section (QAI) is responsible for planning and conducting internal

current ISO/AS9110 standard program (non-weapon system specific) audits within the OC-ALC

to meet requirements contained in the Oklahoma City Air Logistics Complex Instruction

(OCALCI) 90-120, Internal Audit System, the current ISO/AS9110, and ISO 9001 standard. OC-

ALC organizations will be audited to current ISO/AS9110 standard.

8.6.2. (Added) Upon receipt of the CAR, the assessed organization will complete and forward

the CAR and other applicable forms as required by OCALCI90-420, Corrective Action Tracking

System (CATS), for approval and further processing.

8.6.3. (Added) Disputes: In the event a CAR finding or classification is disputed, subject CAR

shall be elevated through management levels until resolution is achieved, (e.g., production

management, responsible quality office, Organization Approval Authority (OAA), organizational

quality manager (QM), Chief, Complex Quality Manager (CQM), or the Complex management

representative). All disputes resulting from actions taken in CATS shall be resolved in a similar

manner.

8.6.3.1. (Added) Deficiencies identified during current ISO 9100/AS9110 standard internal

audits will be documented on a worksheet on the OC-ALC/QA SharePoint. Refer to current ISO

AS9110/ISO9001 standards, OCALCMAN90-107, OCALCI90-420, and this supplement for the

criteria used for classification and rating of non-conformances identified during current ISO

AS9110/ISO9001 standard audits. CATS will be used to record non-conformances identified as

well as the corrective and preventive actions IAW OCALCI90-420 and this supplement. An

AFMC Form 343 may be used when a finding is an isolated occurrence not directly related to or

impacting the product or service being provided and would not normally be identified as a current

ISO AS9110/ISO9001 standard audit finding.

8.6.3.2. (Added) With the exception of detected safety violations (DSV)s, findings identified

during the course of an ISO audit that warrant being documented on an AFMC Form 343, may be

held until completion of the audit to ensure systemic issues are identified and duplicate or multiple

findings are not submitted to the production organizations. Once the AFMC Form 343 is issued,

normal processing procedures IAW published guidance shall be utilized.

8.6.4. (Added) Distribute CAR notification via e-mail to assessed organizations within 10

working days after audit end date.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 45

8.6.5. (Added) Upon receipt of the CAR, the assessed organization will complete and forward

the CAR and other applicable forms as required by OCALCI90-420 for approval and further

processing. The assessed organization is responsible for requesting closure and/or extensions to

CARs from the organization that issued the CAR. All second and subsequent request(s) for

extensions issued by OC-ALC/QA (to include external audits) will be approved by the group

commander or deputy of the assessed organization and provide justification for extension and new

milestones for completion of corrective action plan before being forwarded to the organization that

issued the finding for approval. Extension requests should be processed within two working days.

This request may be either e-mail or memo.

8.6.5.1. (Added) When required, recall of delivered nonconforming product may be a part of the

CAP. In cases where recall of the product is necessary, appropriate action shall be taken by the

assessed organization to contact the customer, provide information on the nonconformity and

potential consequences and make arrangements for having the product returned and a replacement,

refund, or on-site repair accomplished. All reasonable effort should be made to satisfy the

customer.

8.6.5.2. (Added) CAR close-out actions will be initiated and annotated in the appropriate

database when a CAP has successfully completed closing, verification, or follow-up activities.

8.6.5.3. (Added) Closure verification inspection performed on a CATS worksheet shall be

conducted by the issuing organization within 10 working days of request for closure. The purpose

of the verification audit is to verify successful implementation of the CAP and its effective

resolution of the problem. A 60 to 120 day follow-up inspection will be conducted after CAP

closure by the issuing organization to determine if the effectiveness of the CAP is being

maintained. Groups will be notified via e-mail when verification and/or follow-up activities are

unsuccessful. All verification and follow-ups will be documented as required by OCALCI90-420.

8.6.6. (Added) Risks identified during an audit should be documented in the audit report and

addressed by the assessed organization.

8.6.7. (Added) Each group shall identify Level I and, as applicable, Level II CAP approval

authority for their organization as required by OCALCI90-420. A Level II approving authority

will be required for organizations performing internal audits within their groups. For all CARs,

the Level I approval is performed by a Level I authority within the assessed organization and the

CAR is forwarded to the assessing organization. For all CARs issued as a result of a Complex

level or external audit (registrar) the Level II approval authority is the Complex Quality office and

Level I approval authority is the OC-ALC/QA. The Level II approval authority for other CARS

will be the designated Level II approval authority within the organization that issued the CAR.

Level I and Level II approval authorities will document, process, review, approve and/or

disapprove CAR/CAP IAW the process and procedures contained in OCALCI90-420.

8.6.7.1. (Added) Level I and Level II approval authorities within the OC-ALC will review and

approve or disapprove the CAR, and CAP based on the requirements and using the process

contained in OCALCI90-420.

8.6.8. (Added) If the CAR failed the closure verification inspection, the CAR will remain open;

and, if the planned completion date (PCD) has passed, the CAR will be declared delinquent. The

assessed organization has the option of requesting a new PCD for the CAR.

46 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

8.6.9. (Added) The group Level I approval authority or appointed OAA shall report CAR status

every 30 days in CATS from date the CAP is approved throughout CAP implementation until the

CAR is closed.

8.6.9.1. (Added) An organization may revise or update the CAP after it has been approved. When

necessary, the group POC will be responsible for contacting the CATS administrator of the

organization that issued the CAR by e-mail to unlock the CAP for editing. Once the CAP has been

changed, the CAP approval process restarts.

8.6.10. (Added) Within OC-ALC the "deferred" status in CATS may be used under the following

conditions with the approval of the organization that issued the CAR.

8.6.10.1. (Added) When the CAP planned completion date is more than 60 days and the same

CAP is used to correct the non-conformances in two or more CARs. For this condition the

following process will be used. One CAR will be used for tracking the status of the implementation

of the CAP and will use processes IAW OCALCI90-420 and this supplement. The CAR used for

tracking the CAP implementation will include in both the CAP and notes section of CATS, a

statement that the CAP is also the corrective action for (insert CAR #) being deferred. The CAR(s)

deferred will include all the entries as required by OCALCI90-420 and will include in the CAP

and notes section of CATS, a statement that corrective action is being tracked under (insert CAR#).

The planned completion date of all CARs will be the same. Thirty day status reporting is required

on the CARs in "deferred" status. When requesting closure on the CAR being used to track

implementation, the assessed organization will request closure on those associated CARs that were

deferred.

8.6.10.2. (Added) When the CAP requires action from an authority outside of OC-ALC. The

CAR deferred will include all the entries as required by OCALCI90-420 and will include in the

CAP and notes section of CATS, a statement explaining the reason for the deferral. The planned

completion date of the CAR will be the same. Thirty day status reporting is required on a CAR in

"deferred" status.

8.6.11. (Added) Audit results will be briefed to OC-ALC senior staff during OC-ALC quarterly

QA briefings.

8.6.12. (Added) Forms/Records. Forms generated are retained and disposed in accordance with

AFI33-322, Records Management and Information Governance Program.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 47

Chapter 9

IMPOUNDMENT PROCEDURES PROGRAM IMPOUNDMENT PROCEDURES

9.3.1. (Added) General Information: OC-ALC/QA is the OPR for the OC-ALC Impoundment

Program. The OC-ALC group CCs or DDs will designate in writing the duty positions that are to

serve as impoundment authorities and by name, individuals that are to serve as impoundment

officials. The impoundment authority will select an impoundment official from the impoundment

official appointment letter as the single POC for the impoundment.

9.3.1.1. (Added) The impoundment official will be responsible for controlling, monitoring,

reporting, and investigating the impounded item. Group CCs or DDs are the Impoundment Release

Authority and will, in coordination with the Single Investigating Officer (SIO), when applicable,

decide when the aircraft (A/C), A/C systems, sub-system components, engines/components, and

support equipment can be released from impoundment.

9.3.1.2. (Added) Group QA offices will serve as the OPR for the group impoundment program.

Impoundment investigations and procedures by the OC-ALC/Safety Office (SE) or SIO/Safety

Investigation Board (SIB) assigned by the convening authority take precedence over impoundment

investigations IAW AFI91-204 Safety Investigations and Reports. Impound officials will not

proceed with movement or teardown of asset unless authorized by the assigned SIO or SIB

president. Notify OC-ALC/SE of all impoundment actions to include impending release from

impoundment. This will ensure that OC-ALC/SE has completed their investigation prior to release

of the asset.

9.3.1.3. (Added) 76 AMXG. The applicable air force technical order (AFTO) Form 781A

electronic equivalent will be documented prior to engine removal for repair when internal engine

damage due to FOD is isolated to the engine and requires engine impoundment. Impoundment

official will clear the red X entry in forms stating impounded engine removed from aircraft with

reference to entry by page and block. Engine will remain impounded until investigation complete

and Impoundment Release Authority releases engine impoundment. Note: If same engine is

repaired, the engine will not be re-installed on aircraft until Impoundment Release Authority

releases engine impoundment.

9.3.2. (Added) Responsibilities:

9.3.2.1. (Added) Employees will:

9.3.2.2. (Added) Call 911 for emergency personnel as necessary.

9.3.2.3. (Added) Immediately notify supervision of the incident/mishap.

9.3.3. (Added) Supervisors or individual-in-charge where incident/mishap occurred will:

9.3.3.1. (Added) Immediately take actions to prevent further injury to personnel or additional

property damage.

9.3.3.2. (Added) Immediately stop all work and restrict access around the incident/mishap area.

9.3.3.3. (Added) 76 CMXG and 76 PMXG. Notify Squadron CC/CL of the incident/mishap.

Provide location, situation, A/C, A/C system/sub-system component, engines/components and

support equipment part number, serial number, point of contact, and telephone number.

48 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

9.3.3.4. (Added) 76 AMXG. Notify 76 AMXG/ Maintenance Operations Center (MXDSO)

Maintenance Operations Center (MOC), 736-2500, of the incident/mishap. Provide location,

situation, A/C, A/C system/sub-system component, engines/components and support equipment

part number, serial number, point of contact, and telephone number.

9.3.3.5. (Added) Isolate the area and ensure the incident or mishap scene and damaged parts are

not disturbed.

9.3.3.6. (Added) Ensure all records, including AFTO 781A series forms, AFTO Form 244,

Industrial/Support Equipment Record, WCDs, test cell data, engine records, witness statements,

etc., are secured pending release to the impoundment official.

9.3.3.7. (Added) Ensure employees involved in the incident or mishap do not leave the scene

unless the employees were injured and require medical attention. All employees involved with the

incident, as well as any witnesses, shall be detained for statements. Additionally, employees

directly involved in the incident may be subject to drug testing, IAW AFI91-204. Notify the

appropriate level of supervision necessary to receive authorization to detain workers beyond the

end of their scheduled shift.

9.3.3.8. (Added) Prepare an incident/mishap report using the online mishap reporting system at

https://wwwmil.tinker.af.mil/amocc/net20/incrpt_net20/IncidentReport.aspx or on the OC-

ALC main home page. Note: In the rare event the network is down, please notify your group

safety office and try resubmitting the online report at a later time. Reference OC-ALCI91-11

Incident/Mishap Reporting Procedures Attachment 2 A2.1.3.

9.3.4. (Added) 76 AMXG. For 76 AMXG ONLY, MOC will:

9.3.4.1. (Added) Notify applicable group impoundment authority and ascertain whether the A/C,

A/C system/sub-system component, engines/components and support equipment is to be

impounded. If impoundment is directed, obtain impoundment official information.

9.3.4.2. (Added) Notify the applicable group impoundment official.

9.3.4.3. (Added) Notify applicable squadron commander and assigned scheduler.

9.3.4.4. (Added) Notify OC-ALC/Aircraft Quality Office (QASA) workflow, of the

impoundment and report name and phone number of the impoundment official and request the QA

representative information. Notification will be by phone and/or e-mail to OC-ALC/QASA

Workflow.

9.3.4.5. (Added) Notify the OC-ALC/SE.

9.3.4.6. (Added) Notify 72 ABW, 72 OSS/OSAM (FOD/DOP only). Notify 552 ACW/CP,

(dropped objects (DO)s only).

9.3.4.7. (Added) Update the Aircraft Information and Tracking System (ACITS) to reflect the

aircraft impoundment.

9.3.4.8. (Added) Update ACITS upon release of the A/C, A/C system/ sub-system component,

engines/components and support equipment as applicable.

9.3.5. (Added) Impoundment authority will:

9.3.5.1. (Added) Immediately notify the group/CC/CD and the MOC of the impoundment

situation.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 49

9.3.5.2. (Added) Assign an impoundment official from the group impoundment official

appointment letter.

9.3.5.3. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Inform MOC who the assigned impoundment official will be.

9.3.5.4. (Added) The 76 CMXG, 76 PMXG. Inform the group QA office who the assigned

impoundment official will be.

9.3.5.5. (Added) Oversee the impoundment process to ensure procedures are followed

accordingly.

9.3.5.6. (Added) Provide impoundment updates to the Group/CC/CD as required.

9.3.6. (Added) Impoundment official will:

9.3.6.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Report to MOC, Building 3001, post Y60 or impoundment kit

trailer and/or squadron tool crib and pick up impoundment book and impoundment signs.

Caution/warning tape will be the responsibility of the user.

9.3.6.2. (Added) The 76 PMXG, 76 CMXG. Inform the group QA office of the impoundment.

9.3.6.3. (Added) The 76 PMXG, 76 CMXG. Pick up the impoundment kit from the applicable

squadron or group QA office, which includes: impoundment book, caution/warning tape, and

impoundment signs.

9.3.6.4. (Added) Report to the scene of the incident within two hours of the incident occurrence

when notified during normal business hours (0645-1530).

9.3.6.4.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG, 76 CMXG. Report within three hours of incident occurrence

when notified after normal business hours (1530-0645).

9.3.6.4.2. (Added) The 76 PMXG. On weekends or non-duty hours, the impoundment official

will report within the first three hours of the next duty day.

9.3.6.4.3. (Added) Impound the A/C, A/C systems, sub-system components, engine/components

and support equipment. Assess the situation, and conduct investigation to determine the cause of

the incident or mishap.

9.3.6.5. (Added) Contact group impoundment team members and assign duties and

responsibilities throughout the investigation after coordinating with OC-ALC/SE.

9.3.6.6. (Added) Use of these forms in their entirety is mandatory (OC-ALC Form 130,

Impoundment Official Checklist, (found on the AF e-publishing site), OC-ALC Form 131

Impoundment Worksheet (found on the AF e-publishing site), and Table 9.1. Incident/Mishap

Report Cost Analysis, (found in this supplement). All three attachments must be turned into the

group QA office to become part of the final record of the impoundment. It may be stored

electronically.

9.3.6.6.1. (Added) Incident/Mishap Report Cost Analysis. This cost analysis will become part of

the final impoundment record.

9.3.6.6.2. (Added) OC-ALC Form 130. Each item must be initialed or marked N/A and dated.

This completed checklist will become part of the final impoundment record.

9.3.6.6.3. (Added) OC-ALC Form 131. This signed and completed worksheet will become part

of the final impoundment record.

50 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

9.3.6.7. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Post OC-ALC Form 131, on aircraft as close as possible to the

crew entry door or at entry control point (ECP).

9.3.6.8. (Added) Ensure all FOD/DOP incidents/mishaps are investigated and reported IAW

Chapter 13 of this supplement.

9.3.6.9. (Added) Ensure all responsible personnel are kept informed of progress and problems

discovered throughout the investigation. Coordinate with/and support the OC-ALC/SE in

investigating and reporting under AFI91-204.

9.3.6.10. (Added) Coordinate the Incident/Mishap Report Cost Analysis and obtain approval

from the group CC/DD, or designated representative (as required) prior to releasing the

preliminary and final FOD/DOP Incident/Mishap Report Cost Analysis to ensure reporting

requirements are followed IAW AFI91-204.

9.3.6.11. (Added) Report any damage or destruction to contracted property (loaned/leased/rental

support equipment) to the Defense Contracting Management Agency (DCMA).

9.3.6.12. (Added) Return impoundment kit to MOC and/or applicable office. (Impoundment

book and signs must be checked out from and returned to the MOC and/or applicable squadron

office).

9.3.6.13. (Added) Ensure initial incident/mishap report is completed and delivered within two

hours.

9.3.6.14. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Document required forms of areas released for maintenance

and inform MOC/736-2500.

9.3.6.15. (Added) Deliver impoundment documentation to group QA for document review prior

to recommending release of the impoundment.

9.3.6.16. (Added) Impoundment officials will annotate on OC-ALC Form 131 what maintenance

can be performed on aircraft/engine/equipment in conjunction with investigation or partial release

information and inform the group QA office. 76 AMXG impoundment officials will inform MOC.

9.3.7. (Added) Impoundment team members will consist of various job series within the

applicable group: planner, engineer, quality, FOD/DOP investigator/monitor, production

front/back shop senior technician, and any other series as necessary to complete the investigation.

Coordinate with the OC-ALC/SE and OC-ALC FOD/DOP monitor if applicable during

investigation. Team members will provide support and assist with investigation as required,

including but not limited to:

9.3.7.1. (Added) Assist in the investigation to determine the cause of the problem which resulted

in the impoundment.

9.3.8. (Added) Impoundment Release Authority will:

9.3.8.1. (Added) Approve the initial Incident/Mishap Report Cost Analysis provided by the

Impoundment Official (as required) before releasing it to OC-ALC/SE.

9.3.8.2. (Added) Support OC-ALC/SE to ensure a thorough investigation is accomplished IAW

AFI91-204. Upon convening Impoundment Release Authority, review the final investigation

report and ensure corrective actions are taken to prevent possible reoccurrence.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 51

9.3.8.3. (Added) Determine if further actions are required if the cause that led to the

impoundment cannot be determined or positive corrective action was not identified.

9.3.8.4. (Added) Authorize the release of the impoundment to the impoundment official by using

OC-ALC Form 131. This must be signed by the Impoundment Release Authority.

9.3.9. (Added) Groups will provide support for incident/mishap investigations as requested by

the impoundment official/authority or SIO.

9.3.10. (Added) Groups will provide engineering and technical support for incident/mishap

investigations as requested by the impoundment official/authority or SIO.

9.3.11. (Added) Group planning office will immediately appoint a cost POC upon notification

from the supervisor/impoundment official for all incidents/mishaps that occur within the group.

The POC will expeditiously provide an initial damage cost estimate in accordance with AFI91-

204 reporting requirements to the impoundment official.

9.3.12. (Added) The initial cost assessment for damaged parts will be evaluated and reported

based on the repair cost as defined in the applicable repair TO versus replacement cost of the

damaged parts. If the damaged parts are beyond repairable limits, then the exchange cost will be

used. If the asset is destroyed (i.e., no parts to turn in), then use replacement cost.

9.3.13. (Added) Group resource management office will validate the initial and final cost

estimates for current prices prior to releasing the estimate to the impoundment official.

9.3.14. (Added) Group QA offices will:

9.3.14.1. (Added) The 76 CMXG, 76 PMXG. Maintain all active impoundment documentation

when not in the possession of impoundment official.

9.3.14.2. (Added) Appoint a QAS as part of the investigation team upon notification from the

impoundment official.

9.3.14.3. (Added) Maintain the master impoundment authority appointment letter.

9.3.14.4. (Added) Maintain the master impoundment official appointment letter.

9.3.14.5. (Added) Ensure impoundment authority/official appointment letters are reviewed bi-

annually.

9.3.14.6. (Added) Maintain impoundment books located within the MOC to include all required

forms and appointment letters.

9.3.14.6.1. (Added) The 76 CMXG, 76 PMXG. Maintain impoundment books within the group

QA office.

9.3.14.7. (Added) The 76 CMXG, 76 PMXG. Inactive impoundment documentation will be

maintained in appropriate group QA office for two years after the impoundment release.

9.3.14.8. (Added) Ensure corrective actions are effective and instituted completely throughout

the identified areas after the release of the impoundment.

9.3.14.9. (Added) Update the impoundment tracking log located at the OC-ALC/QA EIS site,

https://org.eis.afmc.af.mil/sites/76MXW/QA/Impoundment/Forms/AllItems.aspx within one

working day of impoundment notification/release/changes.

52 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

9.3.15. (Added) Group and Complex FOD/DOP monitor will assist the investigation team on all

FOD/DOP incident/mishaps.

9.3.16. (Added) OC-ALC impoundment program manager will:

9.3.16.1. (Added) Monitor and track all Complex impoundment activities.

9.3.16.2. (Added) Provide management with OC-ALC impoundment overviews as determined

by management.

9.3.17. (Added) Internal engine damage due to a FO which can be isolated to the engine and

requires removal for repair shall result in the engine being impounded by the 76 AMXG

impoundment authority, aircraft impoundment is not required. When requested, 76 PMXG will

borescope the engine to help determine if on or off wing repair is required and provide a repair

cost analysis. The POC for requesting the borescope will be the OC-ALC/QASP office. The engine

will remain impounded by 76 AMXG until the investigation and cost estimate is complete and

disposition instructions are received from the owning major command (MAJCOM).

9.3.18. (Added) Incident/Mishap Report Cost Analysis information will be provided by 76

PMXG and reported to the 76 AMXG FOD monitor within 48 hours of the initial incident.

9.3.19. (Added) OC-ALC/QASP will provide a POC for 76 AMXG engine FOD incidents.

9.3.20. (Added) Throughout the impoundment the engine will be marked off using cones, ropes,

or placards.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 53

Table 9.1. (Added) Incident /Mishap Report Cost Analysis Memorandum Format.

INCIDENT / MISHAP REPORT COST ANALYSIS MEMORANDUM

MEMORANDUM FOR OC-ALC/CC/DC

FROM: 76 XXXX/MXXXX (A/B/C/D/E/F)

SUBJECT: Incident/mishap report cost analysis for (nomenclature)

Material listing:

(Nomenclature) P/N NSN $000.00

Total for materials $000.00

Labor hours:

00.00 X Hourly rate $000.00 $000.00

Total for labor $000.00

Total for labor and material $000.00

2. Class of mishap

Class A $2,000,000.00 or greater. 8 hour report due to 72 ABW/SEG

Class B $500,000.00 but less than $2,000,000.00. 8 hour report due to 72 ABW/SEG

Class C $50,000.00 but less than $500,000.00. 8 hour report due to 72 ABW/SEG

Class D Cost totaling $20,000.00 but less than $50,000.00. 72 hour report due to 72

ABW/SEG

Class E Mishap A work-related mishap that falls below Class D criteria. Most Class E mishap

reporting is voluntary; however see discipline-specific safety manuals for a list of events

requiring mandatory reporting.

3. POC Name: John Doe, 76 XXXX/MXXX, Phone: XXX-XXXX

54 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Chapter 10

TOOL AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT

10.3.1. (Added) Each group will appoint a tool manager in writing. A copy of the appointment

letter to include the tool manager’s name, office symbol and phone number must be submitted to

the Complex tool control manager within 21 days of appointment. Tool managers will represent

the groups concerning Complex tool control policy and procedure issues.

10.3.2. (Added) In addition to the above representation for the groups, the tool manager for each

group will at a minimum have the following duties:

10.3.2.1. (Added) Maintains lost/found item reports for groups.

10.3.2.2. (Added) Single POC for procedural/policy changes between group/squadrons and the

Complex tool program.

10.3.2.3. (Added) Focal point for groups tool/tool kit requirements.

10.3.2.4. (Added) Monitor the 76 MXSG tool web page for overdue loaned tools and tools

awaiting pickup by the groups

10.3.2.5. (Added) Maintain up-to-date lists of all the group’s Production Support Centers

(PSC)s. These lists will also be maintained by the Complex Tool Manager (CTM).

10.4.4.2.6. (Added) AF hazardous material (HAZMAT) is tracked by Enterprise Environmental

Safety and Occupational Health-Management Information System (EESOH-MIS) to maintain

compliance. As required, the unit may track HAZMAT in other programs in addition to EESOH-

MIS.

10.5.1.1. (Added) A signed copy of the tool kit custody receipt listing (TKCRL) will be used as

the daily inventory listing for the assigned tool kit. TKCRLs will be kept in a clean, readable

condition. Whenever a listing becomes unreadable, a copy of the master will be reissued. A signed

master TKCRL for each tool kit will be kept on file (either electronically or paper) in the Main

Tool Issue Center (MTIC).

10.5.1.2. (Added) Any add-ons must be authorized by the supervisor and documented on the OC-

ALC Form 539, OC-ALC Supplemental Listing. This form will be signed by the tool kit (TK)

owner and supervisor if owned by non-supervisor and maintained with the employee’s copy of the

TKCRL.

10.5.2.2.1. (Added) Employees may only have one individual tool kit (ITK) assigned to them.

Supervisors may have multiple kits as well as multiple type of kits. Relocated to align with higher

level guidance.

10.5.2.4. (Added) Dispatchable tool kits (DTK). Tool kits specifically designed for checkout

from PSC will be taken to a job site with one individual responsible for the tool kit.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 55

10.5.8.1. (Added) A database has been added to Facilities and Equipment Maintenance web

(FEMWeb) to track annual inspections. Once the employee signs the TKCRL, they are accepting

that the documentation matches the physical inventory. The master TKCRL (original) will be

maintained at the tool issue center. A second copy of the TKCRL will remain with the tool kit at

all times and will be suitably protected so that the list will remain legible. Both the signed TKCRL

and any updated version of the tool kit listing should be utilized for annual inspections as a resource

to ensure both listings match and any discrepancies are identified and communicated to the MTIC.

Every six months supervisor inspections will be conducted and maintained in FEMWeb or

applicable database (applies to 76 CMXG only).

10.5.8.1.1. (Added) Upon initial issue of a new kit, the supervisors or designee must enter the

issue date into FEMWeb annual inspection database. Group Tool Manager (GTM) will enter issue

date upon notification from Main Tool Issue Center (MTIC) for six month (semi-annual)

supervisor inspection (applies to 76 CMXG only).

10.5.8.1.2. (Added) Supervisors or designee must enter the date of annual inspection of all tool

kits under their control into FEMWeb. Supervisors or designee must enter the date of six month

(semi-annual) supervisor inspection of all tool kits under their control into FEMWeb (Applies to

76 CMXG only).

10.5.8.1.3. (Added) The official record of the annual inspection will be maintained in FEMWeb.

10.5.8.2. (Added) Each technician that is issued a tool kit, is required to sign an AFSC Form 311,

Certificate of Responsibility for Government Property, upon the initial tool kit issue. This form

will be maintained with the signed master TKCRL at the MTIC.

10.5.8.3. (Added) Corrections to the TKCRL will only be made by the MTIC and a new listing

will be required at the time the corrections are made.

10.5.9.1. (Added) Template changes will be requested using FEMWeb, e559 builder, tool

request form.

10.5.10.1. (Added) Turn-in-transfer request will be accomplished by using the FEMWeb, e559

Builder.

10.5.10.2. (Added) Tool kit (TK) transfer requires a full inventory/inspection to be performed

by gaining TK owner prior to acceptance of TK ownership/responsibility.

10.5.13.1. (Added) It is acceptable if a tool replacement tool does not fit the “cut-out” as long as

the tool matches the TKCRL general description.

10.5.21.1. (Added) A picture of items containing multiple parts will be considered an inventory

list as long as all the parts and case are shown in the picture.

10.5.21.2. (Added) All test measurement and diagnostics equipment (TMDE) must go to Type

IIA Precision Measurement Equipment Laboratory (PMEL) when issued or whenever there is a

change of ownership of the TMDE or tool kit containing TMDE, regardless of the status of the

TMDE sticker.

10.5.21.2.1. (Added) If the change of ownership remains within the originally assigned group,

no further action will be required. If ownership is transferred out to a different group within the

Complex, Paragraph 10.5.21.2 shall be followed.

56 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

10.5.21.3. (Added) The MTIC will purchase all common TMDE hand tooling (common dial

indicators, micrometers, calipers, torque wrenches, etc.).

10.5.21.3.1. (Added) The MTIC is responsible for routing TMDE items to PMEL for initial

calibration prior to issue. Once the MTIC has issued the TMDE, the employee will coordinate

with the organization’s TMDE monitor to ensure the TMDE has been taken to PMEL for

transferring of the owning organization and confirm calibration is current if required. The

employee is responsible for ensuring calibration is current prior to use at all times.

10.5.21.3.2. (Added) When TMDE is returned to the MTIC, the certification label may be

removed. It is the responsibility of the employee returning the TMDE to the MTIC to notify

appropriate TMDE scheduler to change the TMDE to calibrate before use (CBU) status. While in

the MTIC, maintaining the certification will not be required until the TMDE is issued to an

employee. The employee’s organizational TMDE monitor will be responsible for routing TMDE

items for reoccurring calibration.

10.5.21.4. (Added) TMDE items previously issued without etching will be allowed as long as

the TMDE label number is annotated on the TKCRL.

10.5.22.1. (Added) If supplied from a PSC, the PSC personnel must obtain supervisor

authorization prior to initial issue of items controlled on the supplemental list. Requests to add

supplemental tooling (tooling purchased around the MTIC that needs to be added to the TK) to the

Supplemental Listing shall be requested using e559 builder, tool request form via FEMWeb or

applicable database. Once request for supplemental tool listing modification is received, the MTIC

shall ensure proper documentation of the supplemental listing items. The Supplemental Listing

shall be maintained in the Main Tool Issue Center as well as in the tool kit. The approved

supplemental list for OC-ALC is the OC-ALC Form 539 Supplemental Listing.

10.5.23.1. (Added) Individuals that are issued an ITK and M or P stamps shall maintain their

stamps in the ITK. Stamps will be shadowed and entered on the supplemental listing as stamp and

cap.

10.5.24.1. (Added) MTIC managed tools that require etching or replacement shall be

documented via FEMWeb Tool Run Receipt. The receipt shall be placed in the TK until the tool

has been issued/replaced.

10.5.24.2. (Added) For Non-MTIC managed tools/items requiring calibration or replacement

shall require AF Form 1297, Temporary Issue Receipt, until tool/item is replaced or removed from

OC-ALC Form 539.

10.5.25.1. (Added) Replacement tool shall not be issued without receipt of the unserviceable

tool (unless HAZMAT disposal is required) or documentation indication the tool is lost and

reported.

10.5.26.1. (Added) All Group owned tooling requiring disposal must be turned in through MTIC.

Once received at the MTIC, MTIC employees will prepare turn-in documents using DD Form

1348-1A, DoD Issue Release/Receipt Document or a local equivalent, and retain a copy verifying

receipt by DLA Disposition Services and retain said copy for one year. The MTIC will review all

tools for warranty replacement before disposal of item to DLA Disposition Services or

demilitarization contractors.

10.6.1.1. (Added) Document temporary loans using the AFMC authorized management system.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 57

10.6.1.2. (Added) When the AFMC authorized tool management system is not capable, use one

of the following methods:

10.6.1.2.1. (Added) AF Form 1297.

10.6.1.2.2. (Added) Vendor supplied system for POU machine.

10.6.2.1. (Added) Ensure that temporary loans of common hand tools, TMDE and other items

stocked in the tool center are made only to authorized OC-ALC personnel.

10.6.2.2. (Added) Prior to check-in, the PSC personnel and the employee will accomplish an

inventory to ensure all tool kit contents are accounted for.

10.6.2.3. (Added) If all items are accounted for, the employee is no longer responsible for the

tool kit.

10.6.2.4. (Added) If any items are missing, employee shall immediately implement AFMC Form

310, Lost/Found Item Report.

10.6.2.5. (Added) After the AFMC Form 310 is completed, the employee shall take the AFMC

Form 310 with the tool kit and proceed to check in.

10.6.2.6. (Added) The employee shall notify the tool center of any temporary tool requirements

exceeding 30 calendar days.

10.7.1.1. (Added) In addition to AFI 90-821, Hazardous Communication (HAZCOM) Program,

HAZMAT use must comply with AFMAN32-7002, Environmental Compliance and Pollution

Prevention, and AFI32-7086 OC-ALCSUP, Hazardous Materials Management.

10.7.2.1. (Added) What constitutes a consumable item may vary due to the type of work done in

an area and the potential for Foreign Object Damage (FOD). A final written decision will be made

by the CTM (on a case by case basis) whether unique items meet AFSC requirements as a

consumable. Inventory and lost tool procedures will apply to consumable items.

10.7.2.2. (Added) An item is considered consumable if after limited usage, it does not maintain

its original configuration and is considered used up.

10.7.3.1. (Added) What constitutes an expendable item may vary due to the type of work done

in an area and the potential for FOD. A final written decision will be made by the CTM (on a case

by case basis) whether unique items meet AFSC requirements as an expendable.

10.7.3.2. (Added) An item is considered expendable if it is partially consumed in use and is not

reusable or considered to be not serviceable after limited use (i.e., drill bits, reamers, hacksaw

blades, etc.). Expendables will be replaced on one for one basis. If an item is broken, the mechanic

must produce as much of the broken tool/item as possible in order to obtain the replacement. Lost

tool procedures shall be followed for all expendable tools/items.

10.7.3.3. (Added) All unserviceable expendable items will be disposed of in the appropriate

scrap metal receptacle for DLA Disposition Services. If the item has an OC number, the number

will be removed before disposal.

10.7.4.1. (Added) Personal drawers are not authorized for any TK that is used by more than one

individual at a time.

58 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

10.7.7.1. (Added) There must be positive control for all PPE and lost item procedures must be

followed for any unaccounted for PPE.

10.8.1.1. (Added) Prior to issuing a tool, whether initial or replacement from the MTIC, the

appropriate group marking will be laser etched on each tool. This type of marking will be

referenced as the equipment identification designator (EID). The MTIC is the only organization

within the ALC authorized to issue, change, delete, or laser etch the EID. Variations of the

markings can be accepted as long as the “OC” precedes any alphanumeric combination. When the

markings need to be changed or removed, the MTIC can either X through or black out the markings

with laser engraving or remove the markings all together.

10.8.1.2. (Added) Identification numbers for tools and TKs received from other bases will be

changed to OC prior to issuing/using tools.

10.8.1.3. (Added) Tools/items that are on the “Non-Mark List” (do not require etching) but have

correct etching, are not required to have the etching removed.

10.8.3.1. (Added) In addition to AFI90-821, HAZMAT use must comply with AFMAN32-

7002, and AFI32-7086 OC-ALCSUP.

10.8.3.2. (Added) Grease gun and oilers may be maintained in a PSC, hazardous chemical

pharmacy, or any secured cabinet/locker designed for the purpose as long as no other AF or

MAJCOM instruction is violated.

10.8.9.1. (Added) Markings will be completed by a method that is legible, not easily changed,

duplicated or removed.

10.8.9.2. (Added) Clearly mark/number all drawers that are part of the TK. Numbering will be

sequential from top to bottom and left to right.

10.8.13.1. (Added) Example: One container with removable cap equals two pieces, plus 10 drill

bits, equals 12 total pieces. The total number of pieces along with the OC number of the kit will

be annotated on the container. “OCXXX1234 – 12 pieces.”

10.8.13.2. (Added) Compartmentalized containers (tackle boxes) may be used as long as only

like/identical items are placed in the individual compartments and marked with the quantity and

the TK number. Example: 11 drill bits, two reamers, and one container equals 14 total pieces. The

total number of pieces along with the OC number of the kit will be annotated on the container.

“OCXXX1234 – 14 pieces or 13 pieces + case. These tools may be identified by an “N” to

represent “non laser” on the TKCRL.

10.8.14.1.1. (Added) 76 CMXG. Another informational note will be made and stamped to

indicate return of clecos to work control document (WCD) identified workstation/shop.

10.9.1.1.1. (Added) Instruction for AFSC Form 309, AFMC Tool Control Inventory Record. The

supervisor or designee responsible for the TK that day will perform an inventory when the TK is

opened and an additional inventory at the completion of work day. These inventories will be

documented on page one of the AFSC Form 309.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 59

10.9.1.1.1.1. (Added) Additional instruction for AFSC Form 309. Pages two and three of AFSC

Form 309 are available for documenting additional performed where a high completion of logical

sequence of work exists (defined as a job, task, work step, etc.) and movement to another area.

Extra pages of 2 and 3 can be utilized, but they must be tracked to the parent AFSC Form 309 on

page one by usage date and kit number.

10.9.1.1.2. (Added) If a TK is used by multiple shifts, an AFSC Form 309 will be maintained

with the tool kit for each shift. The shift will be written across the top of each AFSC Form 309.

10.9.2.1. (Added) While in storage, these kits will be inspected at least every 12 months to verify

content and for corrosion prevention. Lost item procedures apply. GTM will visually inspect

storage site to ensure TKs are secured.

10.9.3.1.1. (Added) If an annual inventory is not received by the tool control monitor (TCM)

when it is due, the TCM will notify the respective group’s tool manager and QA office for

disposition.

10.9.3.2. (Added) The PSC supervisor/custodian is responsible for ensuring all subordinate

personnel become familiar with this supplement and comply with its provisions.

10.9.3.3. (Added) The PSC supervisor is responsible for implementing and applying strict

enforcement of tool inventory, control, and security. The custodians will maintain tools/equipment

in a clean, neat, orderly manner, apply general shop practices for preventative maintenance

required, and comply with provisions outlined in this supplement.

10.9.3.4. (Added) Section chief will identify first-line primary and alternate supervisor/custodian

responsible for maintaining operational PSCs.

10.9.3.5. (Added) Name and telephone number of PSC supervisor/custodian and alternate to

contact in the event of an emergency will be displayed outside the entrance of each PSC.

10.9.3.6. (Added) The 76 AMXG. PSCs will display restricted area access signs at PSC outside

entrances.

10.9.3.7. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Only authorized personnel approved by the section chief

and/or PSC custodian/supervisor are permitted access to PSCs. Other unauthorized personnel will

contact the appropriate section chief and/or PSC custodian/supervisor for access.

10.9.3.8. (Added) PSCs will be secured at all times and any unauthorized entrance will be

immediately reported to security police and an incident/mishap report will be submitted through

applicable section.

10.9.3.9. (Added) Production supervisors will furnish the PSC custodian/supervisor, in writing,

any additional stocked item request. In addition, PSCs will acquire necessary replacement items

to support production efforts of a particular unit or weapon system. PSC custodian/supervisor will

comply with production engineering procedures for the acquisition of these items.

10.9.3.10. (Added) The PSC supervisor is responsible for ensuring supplemental items are

strictly controlled to include an electronic form/inventory equivalent to the OC-ALC Form 539

and shall maintain only one OC number per PSC tool room. The assigned OC number will be

legibly etched/marked on all common and special tools, their assemblies, and safety equipment

items belonging to the PSC. DTK/CTK/ITK commonly stored for issue in the PSC may have

unique OC numbers assigned, as they are not considered part of the PSC tool kit.

60 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

10.9.3.11. (Added) Monitor calibration requirements of all TMDE items assigned to the PSC.

10.9.3.12. (Added) Ensure calibration labels are attached and current, prior to releasing TMDE

equipment for usage.

10.9.3.13. (Added) Verify that TMDE items are identified by an assigned TMDE number or

serial number (OC numbers are not required on TMDE items).

10.9.3.14. (Added) Ensure TMDE items issued as a “kit” or “set” from a PSC, contain an

inventory card identifying each separate/loose component by item description, (i.e., nomenclature,

size (if applicable), and quantity).

10.9.3.15. (Added) Ensure all items, including the container of TMDE kits and sets issued from

a PSC, are marked/etched with an assigned serial number. If etching the item degrades its

usefulness, then it will not be etched but will be annotated as such on the inventory card.

10.9.3.16. (Added) Maintain a TMDE log for the life cycle of the TMDE interval of certain items

that provides a usage history for that item, should a calibration be called into question.

10.9.3.17. (Added) Current calibration dates/labels on TMDE items.

10.9.3.18. (Added) Current inspection dates on personnel support/safety equipment and

lifting/restraining devices.

10.9.3.19. (Added) The 76 AMXG. AFSC Form 307, Temporary Loan Record, will be utilized

for items checked out for eight hours or less and AF Form 1297 for long term loan (more than one

shift).

10.9.3.20. (Added) The 76 AMXG. All blocks of the AFSC Form 307 and AF Form 1297 must

be correctly documented prior to the issue of PSC items. To safeguard Privacy Act Information,

employee number/badge number may be substituted for social security number.

10.9.3.21. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Upon return of the items by the employee, the original copy

of AF Form 1297 will be annotated by tool attendant as returned and filed by PSC for a minimum

of six months.

10.9.3.22. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Establish a temporary issue suspense file and review at the

beginning and end of each shift. The section chief will be immediately notified by means of a

delinquent tool report, of any and all checked out PSC items not returned by the end of the shift.

Further corrective action is the responsibility of the section chief and/or the PSC

custodian/supervisor.

10.9.3.23. (Added) The 76 AMXG. PSC may order consumable/expendable items in bulk issue

by using the G042A, Exchangeable Production System (EPS), or the government purchase card

(GPC).

10.9.3.24. (Added) The 76 AMXG. All items and tooling to include those ordered in bulk must

be binned and properly labeled to include noun and stock number or part number along with

appropriate drawer/shelf/bin numbering system.

10.9.3.25. (Added) The 76 AMXG. All consumables/expendables will be segregated from

TKCRL and custodial account/custodial receipt listing (CA/CRL) items. Special tool kits for NDI

may contain NDI required material as long as hazard communication procedures are complied

with.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 61

10.9.3.26. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Unauthorized items discovered during inventories will be

properly disposed of (i.e., returned to supply, CSAG-M, Aircraft Maintenance Group Tool Center

(MGDWRT) Main Issue Center (MIC), and/or salvage).

10.9.3.27. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Maintain a control log all premixed frozen sealant.

10.9.3.28. (Added) The 76 AMXG. On-hand quantities of frozen sealant will be limited to a

weekly supply.

10.9.3.29. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Coordinate with the main sealant crib for weekly

requirements.

10.9.3.30. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Maintain, store, and issue chemicals in small quantities to

meet production requirements: PSC custodian/supervisor is responsible for being knowledgeable

of Air Force Occupational Safety and Health Standards (AFOSHSTD)s and environmental

requirements of internal control and monitoring procedures of all maintained flammable and

combustible materials.

10.9.3.31. (Added) The 76 AMXG. The following procedures are for tools and/or equipment

that are to be checked out of a PSC for a period of over eight hours but less than 30 days.

10.9.3.32. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Both an employee and their supervisor are required to sign

for tools and/or equipment on an AF Form 1297 if the tool is required for use beyond an eight hour

period but less than 30 days.

10.9.3.33. (Added) The 76 AMXG. AF Form 1297 is to be reconciled and updated prior to the

30 day mark and prior to all aircraft movement.

10.9.3.34. (Added) The 76 AMXG. The supervisor responsible for the AF Form 1297 performs

the eyes-on reconciliation. If the supervisor is not available, the next level supervisor will

accomplish the reconciliation.

10.9.3.35. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Tools signed out to a specific aircraft/dock will not be

moved to another aircraft/dock until the AF Form 1297 is reconciled at the tool crib.

10.9.3.36. (Added) The 76 AMXG. A “tools assigned to aircraft” list will be created by the tool

crib in coordination with production supervision for each section requiring tools that frequently

stay with the aircraft for over 30 days.

10.9.3.37. (Added) The 76 AMXG. A reconciliation of AF Form 1297 requires tools be brought

to the tool crib for validation and inspection; exception being tools on the “tools assigned to

aircraft” list.

10.9.3.38. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Any supervisor who is delinquent on any tool is not

authorized to check out tools until they have cleared their delinquency.

10.9.3.39. (Added) The 76 AMXG. At the moment a tool becomes delinquent, the first and

second level supervisors will be notified by e-mail to start a search. If the tool is not located within

one hour, the supervisor will initiate lost tool procedures.

10.9.3.40. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Tools may be transferred from tool crib to tool crib if they

fall under the same RCC. This will be documented and managed by tool crib supervision; the over

eight hour process will remain the same at each location.

62 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

10.9.3.41. (Added) The 76 AMXG. An AF Form 1297 is authorized for tool crib loans, (i.e., B-

1 Bomber/Maintenance Repair Overhaul Technical Center (B-1 Bomber/MROTC)).

10.9.3.42. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Clecos that are part of a tool kit and cannot be returned to

the kit at end of shift will be identified by a piece of tape placed over the hole/s with date and

location annotated.

10.9.3.43. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Clecos issued by the PSC/tool crib will be annotated on the

employee’s AFSC Form 307 for a regular eight hour shift or an AF Form 1297 for over eight

hours.

10.9.3.44. (Added) The 76 AMXG. The following information will be provided to the tool and

parts attendant: Size, quantity, aircraft tail number or Inventory Tracking Number (ITN).

10.10.1.8. (Added) The 76 PMXG. All tool kits will be inspected by the supervisor, wage leader

or designee at 180 day intervals. This inspection will be documented in FEMWeb and will be the

official record.

10.10.1.9. (Added) The 76 CMXG. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring all tool kits

assigned to them and their subordinates are inspected at least once every six months or semi-

annually.

10.10.1.10. (Added) Supervisors or designee must enter the date of annual inspection of all tool

kits under their control into FEMWeb.

10.10.1.11. (Added) The official record of the annual inspection will be maintained in FEMWeb.

10.10.1.12. (Added) An e-mail identifying the tool kits coming due for inspection will be sent

to the GTM weekly. The GTM will in turn notify their respective group of the tool kits coming

due.

10.10.1.13. (Added) If a tool kit goes overdue, the GTM will notify the respective group

leadership and quality office for disposition.

10.10.1.14. (Added) Random inspections will be conducted in the same manner as the

supervisory inspections and documented in FEMWeb accordingly.

10.11.1.1. (Added) Supervisors and employees will conduct a diligent search of areas where the

tool/item may have been used or stored.

10.11.1.1.1. (Added) The following questions should be asked when performing a search. This

list is not all-inclusive:

10.11.1.1.2. (Added) Where was it lost (building, dock, room, etc.)?

10.11.1.1.3. (Added) Does the AFSC Form 309 show the tool/item missing?

10.11.1.1.4. (Added) Was the tool/item physically in the tool kit at the start of the shift?

10.11.1.1.5. (Added) Has the tool kit been thoroughly searched?

10.11.1.1.6. (Added) Has the trash been searched?

10.11.1.1.7. (Added) Have all responsible employee pockets and lockers been searched?

10.11.1.1.8. (Added) Has all aerospace ground equipment (AGE) used been searched?

10.11.1.1.9. (Added) Has a 50 foot floor area around the box and/or aircraft been searched?

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 63

10.11.1.2. (Added) Production groups are responsible for ensuring that the AFMC Form 310 is

filled out accurately and completely coordinated on with either digital or wet signatures.

10.11.1.2.1. (Added) The AFMC Form 310, signature blocks will be completed as follows:

10.11.1.2.2. (Added) Block 17a will be signed and dated at section level.

10.11.1.2.3. (Added) Block 17b will be signed and dated at flight/branch level.

10.11.1.2.4. (Added) Block 17c will be signed and dated at squadron/ division level.

10.11.1.2.5. (Added) Block 18 will be signed and dated, at a minimum, by the production

squadron commander or equivalent.

10.11.1.3. (Added) A copy of the AFMC Form 310 will be provided to MTIC if item is on the

TKCRL.

10.11.1.4. (Added) If the item is not to be replaced, the MTIC will remove the item from the

TKCRL, and the MTIC will generate a new TKCRL. A copy of the AFMC Form 310 will remain

with the TKCRL master file.

10.11.1.5. (Added) For lost TMDE, a copy of the AFMC Form 310 will be forwarded to PMEL

within five working days, along with a request to remove the TMDE from the TMDE listings.

10.11.1.6. (Added) The AFMC Form 310 will also be used for documentation of found tools not

to include inventory adjustments or tools purchased around the MTIC.

10.11.1.7. (Added) The AFMC Form 310 will be filled out the same for lost and found tools.

10.11.1.8. (Added) A copy of the AFMC Form 310 will be kept with the toolbox demonstrating

a report was completed on any missing tools until replaced or loss resolved and documented.

10.11.1.9. (Added) The AFMC Form 310 shall be kept by the GTMs or designee for a minimum

of 24 months from the date of the signature in block 18.

10.11.1.10. (Added) Quarterly lost tool/item reported metrics and analysis requirements shall be

reported to squadron, group, and Complex level or equivalents along with GTMs and CTM. These

metrics include total tools/items lost year-to-date, total tools/items found year-to date, total

tools/items cost year-to-date, along with any other relevant information.

10.11.7. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Lost tool/item inspection checklist.

10.11.7.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG. The purpose of this guidance is to provide specific

information on using 76 AMXG checklist, 76 AMXG Lost Tool/Item Inspection Checklist.

10.11.7.2. (Added) The 76 AMXG. 76 AMXG personnel will use 76 AMXG checklist in

conjunction with initiating an AFMC Form 310. The completed 76 AMXG checklist will be

routed with the AFMC Form 310.

10.11.8. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Lost tool/item found.

10.11.8.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG. The purpose of this guidance is to provide specific

information on using AFMC Form 310 for tools/items found after being reported lost, on an AFMC

Form 310.

64 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

10.11.8.2. (Added) The 76 AMXG. The tool/item found after being reported lost, will be

documented as “FOUND,” using a copy of the initial completed AFMC Form 310, with the

original control number that was assigned. 76 AMXG organizations will annotate their copy, using

the procedures listed below and then submit to the 76 AMXG/MXDSM.

10.11.8.2.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG. A red diagonal line will be drawn across the page (on copy

or original).

10.22.8.2.2. (Added) The 76 AMXG. “FOUND” will be written in large bold letters above the

diagonal line.

10.11.8.2.3. (Added) The 76 AMXG. When and where the tool/item was found will be written

below the diagonal line. The signature of the individual who found the lost tool/item or their

immediate supervisor will also be written below the diagonal line.

10.11.8.3. (Added) If it is after hours and 76 AMXG/MXDSM is unavailable, then the applicable

squadron will take the AFMC Form 310 to the Maintenance Operations Center (MOC) to get a

temporary number assigned to it. MOC will make a copy of the report and deliver it to 76

AMXG/MXDSM. Squadrons will complete original AFMC Form 310 and return to 76

AMXG/MXDSM.

10.12.3.1. (Added) The following areas will have one-for-one accountability procedures

established (rag return verified before re-issue of replacement): Functional test flight area, test

cell, engine assembly areas, and in-tank fuel cell maintenance (includes cheesecloth).

10.12.3.2. (Added) Rags will be accounted for at the end of every task, shift and prior to aircraft

engine start. Lost tool/items procedures will apply.

10.12.3.3. (Added) All employees performing maintenance in FOD critical areas on aircraft,

engines, and accessories, or providing a service to these organizations will perform an inspection

of the work area prior to closing out a task or moving to another area to ensure that any foreign

item such as paper products and cloths have not been inadvertently left in the area.

10.12.3.4. (Added) Paper products including “pigmat” are not considered rags and do not require

a one for one exchange, however these products shall be utilized for HAZMAT absorbent and

cleaning purposes.

10.12.3.5. (Added) All rags and paper products will be disposed of in the appropriate manner or

initial accumulation point (IAP).

10.13.5.1. (Added) These items do not require etching, marking and numbering.

10.13.5.2. (Added) Common hand tools acquired or received as original equipment for a

machine, will be taken to the MTIC to be laser etched and added to a TKCRL or turned in if not

needed.

10.13.5.3. (Added) Tools unique to a piece of equipment that become broken, can be replaced

with common hand tools from the MTIC. These tools will be laser etched and added to the TKCRL

using the replacement tool National Stock Number (NSN) for identification.

10.13.7. (Added) Back-shop test station/stand accessories will be kept and stored in a neat and

orderly fashion. As a minimum, if storage cabinets and/or drawers are used they will be labeled

to identify the contents accessories and attachments. These items do not require etching, marking

and numbering.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 65

10.13.7.1. (Added) Stationary test stations/stands can have all applicable/required

accessories/attachments attached to the test stations/stands in effort to minimize storage space in

the work area and to facilitate maintenance during the installation and removal of parts.

10.13.7.2. (Added) Mobile test stations/stands transported on a routine basis at different

locations within production will account for all accessories/attachments that are dispatched with

the mobile test stations/stands prior and at the end of the task.

10.14.2.1. (Added) Support TDY teams with necessary tools and TMDE on a short-term loan for

the duration of the TDY.

10.14.2.2. (Added) The person who will be responsible for the tool kit used to support TDY

teams will check-out the tool kit from the MTIC.

10.14.2.3. (Added) The responsible person will report all tools/equipment that were brought

from OC-ALC to the immediate area supervisor at the temporary duty location.

10.14.2.4. (Added) Ensure TMDE requiring calibration while on TDY is calibrated at the nearest

PMEL, IAW TO 00-20-14, Air Force Metrology and Calibration Program.

10.14.3.1. (Added) At a minimum, all inventories/inspections will be accomplished as if at OC-

ALC and documented on the AFSC Form 309.(Added) The TDY team must abide by any

additional measures regarding tool control required by the TDY location.

10.14.3.2. (Added) In addition to the TDY location procedure for lost/found item(s), an AFMC

Form 310 will be completed and a copy sent to the appropriate group or equivalent at OC-ALC.

Replacements will be made upon return to OC-ALC.

10.14.3.3. (Added) Upon return to OC-ALC, all tool kits will be turned back in to the MTIC.

10.15.2.1. (Added) Inventories completed by the OC-ALC authorized contractor will satisfy the

POU inventory for all POUS not used as a tool kit.

10.15.4.1. (Added) Hazardous material may be maintained in a POUS, as long as no other AF

or MAJCOM instruction is violated.

10.16.3. (Added) e-Tools are defined as electronic devices such (e.g., laptops or tablets) and

associated peripheral items (e.g., batteries, cords, etc.) used to view electronic technical data.

Providing the device has been properly docked in the e-Tool cabinet, daily synchronization of

technical data will occur.

10.16.4. (Added) For inventory control purposes, the device will be treated as a tool in

accordance with Chapter 10 of this supplement and AFI 23-111, Management of Government

Property in Possession of the Air Force, for accountability in the event the e-Tool is lost, stolen,

or damaged in a way that might allow pieces to be at risk of becoming lost in, on, or around an

aircraft or component.

10.16.5. (Added) Damage and abuse of e-Tools will be identified and resolved in accordance

with Chapter 10 of the AFSCMAN21-102 and AFI 23-111. Historical records obtained through

common access card (CAC) cabinet control software may be used to identify who has checked out

any specific e-Tool. Technicians that are not issued tool kits may not have signed an AFSC Form

311 Certificate of Responsibility of Government Property, however, they will be held to the same

responsibility and accountability for e-Tools in accordance with AFI 23- 111.

66 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

10.16.6. (Added) Lost tool /item procedures apply to e-Tools in accordance with this supplement.

Historical records obtained through CAC cabinet control software will be used to identify last user.

10.16.7. (Added) Responsible supervisors are required to inventory e-Tool cabinets at the end

of their shift to ensure users have returned e-Tools to cabinet. Production supervisor can request

the Technical Order Distribution Office (TODO) to access historical records obtained through

CAC cabinet control software to identify the last users. TODO shall report to area supervisor if e-

Tool has not been returned as required.

10.16.8. (Added) Responsible production supervisors will ensure employees are familiar with all

requirements and are fully trained in the use of the cabinet as well as check-out/check-in

procedures.

10.16.8.1. (Added) In the event the e-Tool cabinet will not open by using the user’s CAC card,

the TODO, e-Tool computer support administrators (CSA)s and production supervisors may check

out the e-Tool cabinet keys from the tool crib, like any other controlled tool. The supervisor will

complete an AF Form 1297 for each device. The supervisor will place hand receipt to

acknowledge receipt of e-Tool in the cabinet drawer. Supervisor will take full responsibility for

the inventory of all contents of the e-Tool cabinet and hardware when utilizing cabinet key. At

the end of shift, the production supervisor will be required to manually return the device to the

assigned cabinet drawer. The preferred method to check-out/in e-Tool device is using the user’s

CAC card.

10.16.8.2. (Added) All e-Tool accessories (e.g., power cables and spare batteries) and e-Tool

cabinet key will be stored in the tool crib/PSC and checked out, as needed. If an employee is

issued an accessory, it must be clearly marked in accordance with directives and placed on the OC-

ALC Form 539, per this supplement. The e-Tool cabinet keys will only be checked out by TODOs,

e-Tool CSAs and production supervisors. Supervisor will take full responsibility for the inventory

of all contents of the e-Tool cabinet and hardware when utilizing cabinet key. The responsible

production supervisor will always be the preferred person to manually check-in or out e-Tools.

10.16.8.3. (Added) In the event that production supervisor, CSA or TODO accesses the e-Tool

cabinets using the cabinet key, he/she must complete AF Form 1297 to acknowledge receipt of

device to user. TODO POC information is posted on each cabinet.

10.16.8.4. (Added) Only a supervisor may check out more than one e-Tool device at a time for

any reason. The supervisor can check-out e-Tool devices by completing an AF Form 1297 for

each device to be used. The completed forms will be placed in e-Tools cabinet drawers and

removed when the devices are manually returned.

10.16.9. (Added) Contingency plan for TO access in the event of cabinet malfunction:

10.16.9.1. (Added) When cabinets are inoperable due to power failures, server or system outages,

etc., supervisors and TODO will use manual procedures to issue e-Tool devices. The user will

access technical data utilizing TO remote or tech data downloaded to device to avoid work

stoppage. Tech data stored on device is good for seven working days. Supervisors will check out

cabinet keys from the tool crib/PSC and issue e-Tools using an AF Form 1297. An AF Form l297

is to be completed for each device checked out. If the TODO is unavailable; the supervisor can

perform manual procedures. Production supervisor will notify TODO regarding cabinet outage.

If the outage is greater than one hour, the production group’s chain of command will notify the

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 67

assigned TODO to contact technical POCs to document outage and resolve cabinet issues. 76

MXSG will be contacted to assist to resolve Auto Crib e-Tool cabinet issues.

10.16.9.2. (Added) Exception: A supervisor may be given authority to maintain a key to the e-

Tool cabinet under special circumstances, only with squadron level approval and AF Form 1297.

To maintain an AutoCrib cabinet key the AF Form 1297 must be submitted and approved for

distribution by 76 MXSG. Supervisors checking out a cabinet key, as needed, from the tool

crib/PSC is the preferred method.

10.16.9.3. (Added) After gaining squadron approval, the key must be issued on an AF Form

1297. Supervisor receiving key is only authorized to utilize it in the event that the TODO is not

available and the cabinet is inoperable due to power failure, system failure, etc.

10.16.10. (Added) Technicians may share e-Tools by using multiple windows to display tech

data. This will be considered “open and in use" and "in accordance with" but should be limited to

a maximum of seven technicians. "Open and in use" requirement and definition is dictated by

AFSCMAN21-102, Chapter 7.

10.16.11. (Added) Summary of responsibilities.

10.16.11.1. (Added) Production supervisor:

10.16.11.1.1. (Added) Will provide users DD Form 2875, System Authorization Access Request,

to access digital tech data utilizing e-Tool devices on assigned cabinets. DD Form 2875 will be

coordinated with the TODO to gain access to e-Tool cabinets.

10.16.11.1.2. (Added) Are required to ensure accountability of the e-Tools at the end of each

shift. If missing, abused or damaged, will be required to document on AFMC Form 309.

10.16.11.1.3. (Added) Must issue e-Tools using an AF Form 1297 when cabinets are inoperable

due to power failures, etc.

10.16.11.1.4. (Added) Supervisors will coordinate with the responsible TODO and group’s e-

Tool POC regarding e-Tool cabinet or power failure if one hour threshold has been reached.

10.16.11.2. (Added) Technician:

10.16.11.2.1. (Added) By accessing e-Tool cabinet by user CAC card, assumes responsibility for

e-Tools and associated items within the assigned cabinet drawer. User is responsible for reporting

damaged or removed items to production supervisor.

10.16.11.2.2. (Added) Technicians may check-out an e-Tool for an extended period of time

(longer than one shift) however; technicians must have the production supervisor complete an AF

Form 1297, prior to e-Tool removal. The completed AF Form 1297 will be placed in the e- Tool

assigned cabinet drawer location. The drawer will be disabled through the controller software for

the duration annotated on the AF Form 1297. Technician is responsible for inspecting and

reporting all damaged and missing items to supervisor upon check-out and check- in of e-Tool

device.

68 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

10.16.11.2.3. (Added) Technicians assuming responsibility for an e-Tool for an extended period

must validate currency of the tech data daily. If authorized internet access is available, the

technician shall manually sync the e-Tool. If this can't be accomplished, the technician must

validate revision dates against online viewers, or by contacting their supervisor or TODO to see if

any revision has occurred to specific required tech data. It is the technician's responsibility to

obtain current tech data elsewhere if tech data becomes outdated.

10.16.11.2.4. (Added) Is responsible for the safety, condition and security of e-Tool IAW signed

AFSC Form 311 and all applicable directives.

10.16.11.2.5. (Added) Will report all e-Tool related problems to the supervisor and designated

TODO. Problems may include, but are not limited to: device damage, access (wireless or

software), content issues with tech data and update issues.

10.16.11.3. (Added) TODOs:

10.16.11.3.1. (Added) Accept reports from supervisors and technicians on all e-Tool related

problems.

10.16.11.3.2. (Added) Responsible for the updates and currency of the data for all e-Tools

properly stored in their designated locations.

10.16.11.3.3. (Added) Responsible to ensure cabinets clearly identify their contact information

and that the information remains current.

10.16.11.3.4. (Added) Coordinate with supervisors when cabinets are inoperable.

10.16.12. (Added) When a technician checks out an e-Tool for an extended period of time,

TODO will place a copy of the completed AF Form 1297 in the e-Tool assigned cabinet drawer

location. The cabinet shall be disabled through controller software for duration annotated on the

AF Form 1297.

10.16.13. (Added) Designated TODOs are responsible for currency of tech data on e-Tool,

provided the e-Tool is in its appropriate designated location to accommodate scheduled updates.

10.17.1.1. (Added) Replacement of broken/worn tooling will be fulfilled via MTIC tool run.

10.17.2.1. (Added) MTIC inventory control process. Inventory “cycle counts” will be conducted

weekly for the purpose spot checking inventory levels, and a full inventory is required to be

conducted annually.

10.18.1.1.2.1. (Added) Quotes requested through FEMWeb will be available in FEMWeb within

10 days.

10.18.5.1. (Added) All tools purchased outside the maintenance support group/authorized

contractor must be brought to the MTIC for laser etching prior to returning to

production/maintenance floor.

10.18.5.2. (Added) All tools must be added to the OC-ALC Form 539 supplemental listing prior

to use.

10.18.5.3. (Added) Upon turn-in of contractor acquired tools, 76 MXSG will ensure the tools

are inventoried and discrepancies reported prior to the maintenance support group/authorized

contractor function accepting responsibility for the tools.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 69

10.18.5.4. (Added) Tools acquired from contractors. Once it has been determined that ownership

of contractor’s tools will pass to OC-ALC units, the accepting OC-ALC unit will accomplish the

following: acquire a listing of all the tools to be transferred. The list should have as a minimum

part numbers, nomenclature and quantities. Bring the list, tools and all required signatures for tool

additions to the MTIC for incorporation into OC-ALC’s tool program.

10.18.8.1. (Added) Overdue tools will be posted on the 76 MXSG tool program website (access

through 76 MXSG homepage FEMWeb).

10.19.2.1. (Added) After receiving written approval from the CTM, the responsible maintenance

group will purchase tools to be “modified” and used in a maintenance repair process.

10.19.2.2. (Added) Locally manufactured or developed/modified tools in a tool kit will be

shadowed (inlaid, silhouetted, outlined), etched with the tool kit EID and identified by engineering

drawing number and quantity, on the tool kit supplemental listing. Inventory and lost tool

procedures will apply to locally manufactured or developed/modified tools.

10.19.2.3. (Added) If in a PSC the responsible engineering organization will be annotated on the

PSC inventory list maintained in the PSC.

10.21.1.1. (Added) Once initial briefings are completed; they will be documented in TSS Section

II for PAC certified mechanics. For non-PAC personnel, document in the functional training

section of TSS with course codes listed below:

10.21.1.1.1. (Added) MTEMAS9722300BR AMXG Initial Workplace Specific Tool Briefing.

10.21.1.1.2. (Added) MTEMAS9722400BR CMXG Initial Workplace Specific Tool Briefing.

10.21.1.1.3. (Added) MTEMAS9722500BR PMXG Initial Workplace Specific Tool Briefing.

10.21.1.1.4. (Added) MTEMAS9722600BR MXSG Initial Workplace Specific Tool Briefing.

10.21.1.1.5. (Added) MTEMAS9722700BR SMXG SWEG Initial Workplace Specific Tool

Briefing.

10.21.1.1.6. (Added) MTEMAS9723000BR OC-ALC/OB Initial Workplace Specific Tool

Briefing.

70 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Chapter 13

FOREIGN OBJECT DAMAGE (FOD)/DROPPED OBJECT (DO) AWARENESS AND

PREVENTION PROGRAM

13.4.3.1.1. (Added) Caps, plugs, and covers that are fitted to the component or equipment are the

item of choice. If these items are not available, other items such as plastic/cloth bags held on by

zip ties, rubber bands, or tape may be used unless it is not safe for use or a specific covering is

required by tech data. If plastic bags are used, they may fill with fluid; bags will be monitored and

replaced if fluid accumulation occurs. Utilize caps where feasible. Note: Never stuff an item such

as a rag or paper towel in an opening.

13.4.3.1.2. (Added) Exceptions to this are: research, development or testing laboratories (i.e.,

precision measurement, environmental) due to the controlled environmental conditions which

exist and the absence of maintenance action which generate residue.

13.4.3.1.3. (Added) This does not alleviate these areas from using protective plugs and caps

when specific repair, maintenance, or testing is accomplished on any equipment or requirements

IAW TO 00-20-14, Air Force Metrology and Calibration Program.

13.4.4.1.1. (Added) In the event hardware is known to be unaccounted for, a search will be

accomplished. If the hardware is not found within one hour, an AFMC Form 310 will be initiated.

13.4.5.1.1. (Added) FOD Reports: The MOC will prepare an e-mail per the format provided in

this supplement, Figure 13.1, FOD Report (found at the end of this chapter). The purpose is to

inform senior management of the FOD incident prior to the release of information to, HQ

AFMC/Directorate of Logistics, Civil Engineering and Force Protection Maintenance Division

(A4M).

13.4.5.1.2. (Added) FOD incidents: All FOD incidents will be reported with the exception of

minor sand nicks or scratches IAW OC-ALCI91-11 Incident/Mishap Reporting Procedures.

https://wwwmil.tinker.af.mil/amocc/net20/incrpt_net20/Incidents.aspx. The initial FOD

report will be completed by a supervisor on duty within two hours of suspected or confirmed FOD

incidents. The two hour time constraint is for FOD/DO reports only; this will allow for

coordination through OC-ALC before the report is released to HQ AFMC/A4M. The supervisor

completing the FOD report will include all data in Figure 13.1 of this supplement (found at the

end of this chapter), OC-ALC and Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration Group (AMARG)

only. Supervisors will use the FOD reporting flowchart (Figure 13.2, found at the end of this

chapter) to determine if damage is within limits and should be reported as a general report (damage

within limits, no maintenance action needed) or out of limits, requiring maintenance action (i.e.,

blending, replace, repair etc.).

13.4.5.1.3. (Added) DOP Incidents: All DOP incidents will be reported IAW OC-ALCI91-11.

IMMEDIATELY call the MOC when there is a known DO. The MOC will IMMEDIATELY call

the Airfield Management Operations (AM OPS) and base safety. Use the Online Incident/Mishap

Reporting System located on the OC-ALC home page. The DOP report will be completed by a

supervisor on duty within two hours. The two hour time constraint is for FOD/DOP reports only;

this will allow for coordination through OC-ALC before the report is released to HQ AFMC/A4M.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 71

13.4.5.1.4. (Added) DOP Reports: The MOC will prepare an e-mail in the format provided in

this supplement, Figure 13.3 (found at the end of this chapter), DOP Report. The purpose is to

inform senior management of the DO incident prior to the release of information to HQ

AFMC/A4M.

13.4.5.3.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG personnel will take the following actions prior to any aircraft

taxi operation:

13.4.5.3.1.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG. FCF launched aircraft: FOD sweeps by the ramp sweeper

or MADVAC and or FOD Boss will be accomplished 50 feet forward of engines on parking spot

and flight line taxi lane prior to launch and recovery of any 10 FLTS aircraft. A complete and

thorough FOD walk of the FCF aircraft parking spot and flight line taxi lane will be accomplished

prior to launch and recovery of all B1 Bomber (B-1B) 10 FLTS aircraft, IAW TINKERAFBI13-

204, Flight and Ground Operations.

13.4.5.3.1.2. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Depot arrivals: A FOD walk will be accomplished on the

proposed parking spot and taxi lanes for any arrival or departure aircraft. Special care will be given

to B-1B parking and taxi routes.

13.4.5.3.1.3. (Added) The 76 AMXG. B1-B aircraft engine runs and taxi will be preceded by

FOD walks and running of the FOD Boss. FOD walks shall be conducted after the FOD sweep

and prior to launch/recovery from applicable K row location to/from the hold short line on taxiway

Delta.

13.4.9.1.1. (Added) Prior to engine start and after engine shutdown on maintenance and test cell

runs, and after any engine intake maintenance, each affected engine intake and exhaust will receive

a FOD (intake/inlet/exhaust) inspection. The FOD inspection will be documented with a red X

symbol in the applicable (Air Force Technical Order (AFTO) Form 781A and the Management

Information System (MIS)). FOD inspections performed on uninstalled test cell engines will be

documented on the test cell worksheet. Use IAW technical data.

13.4.9.1.2. (Added) OC-ALC. Personnel will inspect for and remove ALL foreign material from

engine inlet areas and within a 50-foot radius of engines prior to operation (or greater if required

by mission design series (MDS) specific TO) and any engine intake/inlet maintenance.

13.4.9.1.3. (Added) Aircraft parking ramps, taxi ways, and adjacent areas should remain foreign

object (FO) free at all times. It is the responsibility of all maintenance personnel working in these

areas to pick up and dispose of all FO on a daily basis.

13.4.9.2.1. (Added) Hats, berets, etc., will not be worn within 50 feet of an operating jet engine.

The flight line is designated as a military no-hat area. Identification (ID) badges must be attached

to a lanyard/armband.

13.4.9.2.2. (Added) Hats, berets, headgear of any sort, (except required personal protective

equipment PPE), etc., will not be worn inside engine test cells.

13.4.9.5.2. (Added) The following areas have been designated as FOD critical areas within the

OC-ALC: It is the responsibility of all maintenance personnel working in these areas to be vigilant

of FO and dispose of all FO at all times. All other areas not identified are considered non-critical

FOD areas.

13.4.9.5.2.1. (Added) The 76 Aircraft Maintenance Group (76 AMXG).

72 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

13.4.9.5.2.1.1. (Added) Interior of aircraft.

13.4.9.5.2.1.2. (Added) All fuel tanks and fuel cells.

13.4.9.5.2.1.3. (Added) Engine intake maintenance and inspection.

13.4.9.5.2.1.4. (Added) Flight control installation and operational checks.

13.4.9.5.2.2. (Added) The 76 Commodities Maintenance Group (76 CMXG).

13.4.9.5.2.2.1. (Added) Fuel cell (bladder) shop.

13.4.9.5.2.2.2. (Added) Boom repair (excluded are boom disassembly, wash/clean, sheet metal

repair areas, recoil and tube repair areas, shop offices and enclosed parts storage areas).

13.4.9.5.2.2.3. (Added) Parachute shop.

13.4.9.5.2.2.4. (Added) Life support.

13.4.9.5.2.3. (Added) The 76 Propulsion Maintenance Group (76 PMXG).

13.4.9.5.2.3.1. (Added) Engine assembly/disassembly shops and quick engine change when co-

located with engine assembly shops.

13.4.9.5.2.3.1.1. (Added) Core, gearbox, compressor, augmentor, inlet fan and fan drive turbine

assembly/disassembly shops.

13.4.9.5.2.3.1.2. (Added) Diffuser, intermediate, high pressure turbine and bearing/seal sub-

assembly shops.

13.4.9.5.2.3.1.3. (Added) To include all jet engine intermediate maintenance (JEIM) shops.

13.4.9.5.2.3.1.4. (Added) All engine test cells (except control rooms), final prep and tear down

deficiency reporting (TDR) shops.

13.4.11.1.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG supervisors are responsible for their respective areas per

Tinker Air Force Base Instruction (TINKERAFBI)21-100, Foreign Object Damage (FOD) and

Dropped Object Prevention (DOP) Programs. FOD walks may be postponed due to inclement

weather, but they will not be cancelled. Additional FOD walks will be scheduled as needed by

management.

13.4.11.1.2. (Added) The 76 CMXG and 76 PMXG supervisors are responsible for their

respective areas (including Docks/Shops). FOD walk/sweeps will be conducted on the last day of

each work week.

13.4.12.3.1. (Added) FOD checkpoint inspections: FOD inspections (including tire-rollover

inspections) will be conducted before entering the runway, taxiway, flight line, and aircraft parking

ramps and at all designated FOD checkpoints. FOD inspections will include inspection and

removal of FOD from magnetic bars (if applicable).

13.4.12.3.2. (Added) All vehicles used in and around critical FOD area to include the flight line

will be cleaned of debris daily prior to use.

13.4.12.3.3. (Added) Secure/lidded FOD containers will also apply to those vehicles normally

driven in maintenance production areas.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 73

13.4.12.3.4. (Added) OC-ALC ramp movement and parking area will not be used as a

thoroughfare for vehicle traffic when alternate routes are available except while fulfilling

contractual agreements, OC-ALC management personnel fulfilling management responsibilities,

aircraft movers, base operations, emergency and security vehicles.

13.4.12.3.5. (Added) Taxi lane from B-1B aircraft parking spot to taxiway will be closed to non-

essential vehicle traffic (this does not include aircraft) during aircraft launch and recovery from

time FOD prevention procedures are accomplished until launch or recovery is complete. The MOC

will make an announcement: Motor vehicle traffic restricted to essential traffic in ramp area from

Kilo (aircraft parking spot) to Delta until further notice.

13.4.16.1. (Added) Posters and other materials for FOD awareness may be obtained through the

group FOD focal points.

13.6.1.1. (Added) Visitors FOD awareness information, located on the OC-ALC FOD/DOP

Program Enterprise Information System (EIS) site.

13.6.1.1.1. (Added) OC-ALC organizations and associate organizations with base service or

construction contracts are required to include FOD awareness and prevention training in their

contracts. Contractor personnel who, in the performance of their assigned duties, work in or travel

through areas near operational and production aircraft, engines, munitions, missiles, drones, space

systems, support equipment, aerospace ground equipment (AGE), trainers or components thereof

are required to receive subject training. This includes contractor personnel operating vehicles and

equipment on flight lines, runways, taxiways, parking ramps, in aircraft hangars, and in

maintenance areas. Contracting organizations may request the video by contacting the OC-ALC

FOD/DOP Program Manager. OC-ALC personnel will receive FOD initial and refresher training

through computer based training or formal class room training.

13.6.1.2. (Added) Supervisors are responsible for initial work center briefings and documenting

in training scheduling system (TSS) Section II for Production Acceptance Certification (PAC)

certified mechanics. For non-PAC personnel, document in the functional training section of TSS

with the course codes applicable to their organization.

13.6.1.2.1. (Added) MTEMAS9721200BR AMXG Initial Workplace Specific FOD/DOP

Briefing.

13.6.1.2.2. (Added) MTEMAS9721400BR CMXG Initial Workplace Specific FOD/DOP

Briefing.

13.6.1.2.3. (Added) MTEMAS9721600BR PMXG Initial Workplace Specific FOD/DOP

Briefing.

13.6.1.2.4. (Added) MTEMAS9721700BR MXSG Initial Workplace Specific FOD/DOP

Briefing.

13.6.1.2.5. (Added) Quarterly briefings. Document briefing and ensure all briefed personnel sign

or initial an AF 1151, Training Attendance and Rating or equivalent. Ensure individuals not

present for the briefing receive the briefing upon return.

13.6.1.3. (Added) 76 AMXG local training and MDS specific training will be accomplished

during newcomer FOD briefing utilizing MDS specific supplements located on 76 AMXG

FOD/DOP EIS site.

74 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

13.6.1.4. (Added) Vehicle operators must complete all FOD awareness/prevention training and

testing requirements before driving any vehicle on the flight line IAW TinkerAFBI13-213, Airfield

Driving.

13.8.1.1. (Added) Complex FOD/DOP manager responsibilities.

13.8.1.1.1. (Added) Ensures all OC-ALC FOD/DOP initial incidents are reported through the

chain of command to OC-ALC prior to submitting to HQ AFMC/A4M. Reporting instructions are

included in Figure 13.1 of this supplement.

13.8.1.1.2. (Added) Areas of responsibilities are outlined in Figure 13.4 (found at the end of this

chapter).

13.8.3.11.1. (Added) FOD/DOP continuity books may be hard copy or electronic and will

contain:

13.8.3.11.2. (Added) Tab 1, appointment letter - primary/alternate.

13.8.3.11.3. (Added) Tab 2, duties & responsibility sheet.

13.8.3.11.4. (Added) Tab 3, focal points with contact information (OC-ALC and group level).

13.8.3.11.5. (Added) Tab 4, governing directives marked as “Reference Only” if continuity book

is electronic place links to governing directives.

13.8.3.11.6. (Added) Tab 5, meeting minutes (four quarters). If continuity book is electronic then

meeting minutes posted on OC-ALC FOD/DOP EIS site are sufficient.

13.8.3.11.7. (Added) Tab 6, miscellaneous information.

13.9.2. (Added) OC-ALC Complex and group focal point responsibilities.

13.9.2.1. (Added) The group FOD/DOP focal points will ensure OC-ALC FOD final incident

reports are submitted to the Complex FOD/DOP Manager no later than (NLT) 30 days post

incident. In the event the investigation extends past 30 days, a monthly status update will be sent

to the Complex FOD/DOP Manager NLT the fifth working day of each month until investigation

is closed.

13.9.2.2. (Added) Each applicable group FOD focal point will provide monthly engine run time

to the Complex FOD/DOP Manager NLT the fifth working day of each month.

13.9.2.3. (Added) Group and squadron FOD/DOP focal points will perform FOD spot checks of

their assigned areas of responsibility monthly. The discrepancies found during the spot checks will

be entered in the Logistics Evaluation Assurance Program (LEAP). The group focal points will

forward their monthly data from the spot checks to the Complex focal point by the last Monday of

each month.

13.9.2.4. (Added) Complex and group focal points shall ensure a locally developed checklist is

available for escorts to brief visiting personnel on FOD procedures prior to entering their

designated high-potential FOD industrial areas.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 75

13.9.2.5. (Added) FOD focal points will be appointed by management to represent each flight’s

FOD prevention team within the OC-ALC. Each production flight will appoint one primary and

one alternate FOD focal point. Supervisors will ensure team members are available for inspections.

The FOD focal points will attend monthly meetings when requested by Complex FOD/DOP

Manager. FOD focal points shall participate in monthly no- notice inspections, and serve on

various FOD-related subcommittees.

13.10.3. (Added) Publicity:

13.10.4. (Added) OC-ALC FOD Prevention Work Center of the Quarter Award: Once every

quarter, the Complex FOD Program Manager, alternate, and group FOD prevention focal points,

will select a work center for this award.

13.10.4.1. (Added) Award selection criteria:

13.10.4.1.1. (Added) Every quarter, each group point of contact (POC) will submit a nominee

for their respective group (if applicable) to the Complex FOD POC and alternate, NLT the fifth

working day after the completion of the previous quarter. Nominee information will include the

name and location of the area being nominated, the supervisor’s name, and a narrative of why this

area deserves to win the Complex award. This information will be given to OC-ALC senior

management and submitted to the Tinker Take Off for publicity. Additionally, this information

will be 50 percent of the rating criteria. The winning team will receive a banner for their work

center, recognition in the Tinker Take Off and on the marquee.

13.10.4.1.2. (Added) Justification submitted by management team in nominated shop/dock

through the group POCs.

13.10.4.1.3. (Added) Effectiveness of FOD program management demonstrated by the least

number of FOD findings during the weekly planned inspections, no notice inspections, and spot

inspections during the current quarter.

13.10.4.1.4. (Added) Best practices or initiatives implemented by the work center that reduces

FOD or increases FOD program effectiveness.

13.11. (Added) 76 PMXG. A FOD check will be performed before any closure or mating of

components/parts. Use the means necessary to ensure that no FOD is present (i.e., bright light,

mirror, etc.).

13.11.1. (Added) 76 PMXG. After assembly, check the air intake and exhaust sections for visual

or audible foreign objects. Rotate compressor and listen for FOD in engines. TF-33 engines will

be burped upon completion of assembly. After final inspection and acceptance of the engine,

ensure protective covers, caps, and plugs are installed on all openings or cover with plastic

wrapping material.

13.11.2. (Added) 76 PMXG. Prior to testing the engine, remove all protective covers and check

the engine visually for any FO. Examine air intake for damage or cracked inlet guide vanes,

compressor blades, and stator vanes. Check bell mouth for serviceability, loose/missing hardware,

damaged/delaminating screen and compressor inlet for nuts, bolts, wire, tools, and other foreign

objects. Use bright lights and other inspection tools as necessary. Check bell mouth and proper

mounting condition and make a visual check of the engine and test cell for foreign objects. Prior

to initial start and after any rework of the engine, sweep and wash down the test cell with an

approved cleaning solution. Rinse the test cell by directing the water in such a manner to ensure

76 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

all dirt, sludge, etc., is washed to the drain. Sweep excess water into the drain. After wash down,

make an extensive visual inspection of the engine, test stand, and cell area to ensure no FO is

present.

13.11.3. (Added) 76 PMXG. After completion of engine test, install protective coverings on all

tubes, lines, connectors, and openings. Engines will not be transported to or from test without

protective covers installed on all openings. Each workstation will perform an inspection for FOD

before sending the completed engine or component part to the next station. When an engine or

component part is received, it will be inspected for FOD prior to installation, assembly, test, or

shipment.

13.11.4. (Added) 76 PMXG. All engines will be inspected during work scope for FOD. Engines

received for reasons other than FOD (i.e., vibration, overtemp, etc.) where significant FOD is

found, must be reported. The 76 PMXG FOD focal point will be provided a description of damage,

cause if known and approximate cost of damage. These procedures will be used when damage is

confined to the engine or to integral engine components such as engine mounted accessory

gearboxes and plumbing.

13.11.5. (Added) 76 PMXG. Cleanliness of aisles is a must. Therefore, all supervisors will take

responsibility for cleaning and maintaining all aisles adjacent to or running through their

production shop. If two shops share an aisle, both will be responsible from their shop to the center

of the shared aisle. Supervisors may assign a monitor to ensure the aisle(s) are maintained and

clean at all times.

13.11.6. (Added) Due to safety and FOD concerns in the OC-ALC industrial areas, the following

clarification is provided. While in an industrial work center/shop (inside the yellow lines and other

designated production areas), OC-ALC personnel will not be permitted to wear jewelry. This

policy will help reduce the risk of injury by mitigating the risks incurred by wearing jewelry in an

industrial area. Types of jewelry that shall be controlled in the industrial work/shop areas include

(but are not limited to) rings, watches, bracelets, earrings and necklaces. Placing tape over rings

or wearing gloves on the hand with a ring does not provide protection or eliminate the requirement

to remove finger rings. Where appropriate, managers, supervisors, or local safety staff may add to

these restrictions to include location or shop unique requirements. Personal items will not be worn

hanging from a belt. This includes, but is not limited to keys, pocket watches, chains, and metal

insignias/badges. This policy extends to all visitors, engineers, administrative and support

personnel that enter the industrial work/shop areas.

13.12. (Added) OC-ALC Supervisors: Observe FOD control practices of individuals under

their jurisdiction and take immediate action to correct any FOD related deficiency or defect

through counseling, training, or disciplinary action.

13.12.1. (Added) First line supervisors will perform clean-up checks daily during routine walk

through on the aircraft, docks, and or shops. Findings will be corrected on the spot and corrective

action/preventive action should be taken to prevent recurrence.

13.12.2. (Added) An 8-Step Problem Solving Process is required by the group for all preventable

FOD incidents over $50K.

13.12.2.1. (Added) Or when one of the following criteria is met:

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 77

13.12.2.2. (Added) When data shows a trend of three incidents with the same specific cause

within a twelve month time frame.

13.12.2.3. (Added) A 30 day suspense from the time the failure analysis service technology

(FAST) test is received to meet step six of the 8-Step Problem Solving Process. Group POCs are

required to send a copy of the Failure Analysis Service Technology (FAST) to OC-ALC FOD

monitor and alternate within 24 hours of receipt.

13.12.2.4. (Added) The group POC will send a status to the OC-ALC FOD monitor and alternate

every Tuesday by noon. This status will be briefed in the weekly Quality chief meetings.

13.12.2.5. (Added) Steps seven and eight will be followed up 90 days after step six has been

completed by the group POC.

13.12.2.6. (Added) Minimum attendees for 8-Step meetings: Group’s lead for the 8-Step,

group’s FOD POC, and any other knowledgeable candidates who would add value to the process.

13.12.2.7. (Added) All FOD 8-Steps will be briefed to OC-ALC senior management by the

group’s lead of the 8-Step, during the quarterly FOD/DOP meetings.

13.13. (Added) The preventable FOD standard for OC-ALC is 1.0.

Figure 13.1. (Added) FOD Report.

FOD REPORT

1. PURPOSE: To gain Group approval to forward this report to HQ AFMC/A4M.

2. BACKGROUND: FOD incidents will be reported to HQ AFMC/A4M within 24 hours of

occurrence. The following process was put in place to inform leadership before notification to

HQ AFMC/A4M:

a. Incident is reported to 76 AMXG/MXDSO, Maintenance Control Center (MOC).

b. MOC immediately notifies OC-ALC/SE and Complex FOD Manager by telephone.

c. MOC drafts this e-mail. (Records name of OC-ALC/SE person notified and time of

notification below).

d. MOC forwards to the appropriate Group Commander’s personal account with telephone

notification to recipient. (Subject line shows date/time due to HQ and is sent with high

importance).

e. Appropriate Group Commander/CC/CL/DD/CD approves release of this report to HQ

AFMC/A4M by forwarding e-mail to 76 AMXG/MXDSO All [email protected] followed

with phone notification to 736-2500 (MOC).

f. MOC forwards e-mail to HQ AFMC using the appropriate group mailbox (HQ FOD/DOP

AMXG reporting mailbox or HQ FOD/DOP PMXG reporting mailbox) located on the global

address list.

78 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

3. DISCUSSION:

Summary of incident:

Date and time of incident:

Base, unit, and location of incident:

When discovered (preflight, postflight, in-coming, test cell, etc.) owning unit, Owning

base: Owning Command, engine type, make, series, modification (TMSM), serial number

and installed position (if applicable):

Description of damage:

Certifying official if impounded: name, grade/rank, unit, office symbol, DSN and commercial

number:

DISPOSITION of aircraft or engine:

OC-ALC/SE person notified: Time

of OC-ALC/SE notification:

This is preliminary data only. For follow-on investigation results, please contact the Complex

FOD Manager. For information during off-duty hours, please contact 76 AMXG/MXDSO,

MOC, at 736- 2500.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 79

Figure 13.2. (Added) FOD Report Flow Chart.

80 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Figure 13.3. (Added) DOP Report.

DOP REPORT

1. PURPOSE: To gain group approval to forward this report to HQ AFMC/A4M.

2. BACKGROUND: All DOP incidents will be reported to HQ AFMC/A4M within 24 hours of

occurrence. If it involves casualties, property damage, or if adverse publicity is likely, the safety

office should be notified immediately. The following process was put in place to inform

leadership before notification to HQ AFMC/A4M:

a. Incident is reported to 76 AMXG/MXDSO, Maintenance Control Center (MOC).

b. MOC immediately notifies OC-ALC/SE and Complex FOD Manager by telephone.

c. MOC drafts this e-mail (records name of OC-ALC/SE person notified and time of

notification below).

d. MOC forwards to the appropriate group commander’s personal account with telephone

notification to recipient. (Subject line shows date/time due to HQ and is sent with high

importance).

e. Appropriate group commander/CC/CL/DD/CD approves release of this report to HQ

AFMC/A4M by forwarding e-mail to 76 AMXG/MXDSO All [email protected]

followed with phone notification to 736-2500 (MOC).

f. MOC forwards e-mail to HQ AFMC using the appropriate group mailbox (HQ FOD/DOP

AMXG reporting mailbox or HQ FOD/DOP PMXG reporting mailbox) located on the

global address list.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 81

3. DISCUSSION:

Summary of incident:

Date and time of incident:

Base, unit, and location of incident:

When discovered (preflight, postflight, in-coming,

etc.): Owning unit, Owning base, Owning Command:

MDS and tail number:

Item, noun,

description:

Certifying official if impounded: name, grade/rank, unit, office symbol, DSN and commercial

number.

OC-ALC/SE person notified:

Time of OC-ALC/SE

notification:

This is preliminary data only. For follow-on investigation results, please contact the Complex

FOD/DOP Manager. For information during off-duty hours, please contact 76

AMXG/MXDSO, MOC, at 736- 2500.

82 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Figure 13.4. (Added) Areas of Responsibilities.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 83

Chapter 14

OPERATIONAL WORKLOADING, PLANNING, AND SCHEDULING CONTROL

14.26.3.1. (Added) Locally developed Move Item Control Document OC-ALC Form 238, Move

Item Support, shall be used when a maintenance organization requires support in the repair of end

items from organizations outside the primary Resource Control Center’s (RCC) Group.

14.26.3.1.1. (Added) If support is required for the repair of an end item within the same primary

RCC Maintenance Group and the primary Industrial Engineer Technician (IET) is unfamiliar or

uncertain with the support RCC repair process a Move Item Control Document OC-ALC Form

238 shall be used.

14.26.3.1.2. (Added) The owning End Item production IET who route parts through RCCs

outside their squadron within their own Maintenance Group without utilizing an OC-ALC Form

238 will be responsible for reviewing technical data, process orders, AFMC Form 202,

Nonconforming Technical Assistance Request and Reply, develop the required routes through the

affected production shops and to coordinate the process with the applicable engineers.

14.26.3.2. (Added) Requesting production maintenance group planning organizations are

charged with the responsibility of coordinating with the respective support organizations to ensure

adequate data for input in the establishment of accurate labor and material standards. This action

will be accomplished by completing the applicable blocks on part I of OC-ALC Form 238, Move

Item Support and submitting it to the support organizations. A copy will be retained in suspense

by the requesting IET and a copy will be forwarded to the support IET organization. Support IET

will complete part II of the form in a timely manner not to exceed 10 workdays. Support IET will

retain a copy for their planning files. When schedule demands require faster responses, the

requesting organization will include this information on the original OCALC Form 238 submitted

to support organization.

14.26.3.2.1. (Added) Electronic versions of the OC-ALC Form 238 are acceptable. Form 238

shall be kept in the master planning jacket for 7yrs and must be resubmitted for coordination

annually.

14.26.3.2.2. (Added) Upon completion of OC-ALC Form 238, the supporting planning

organization will develop the required routes through the affected production shops and coordinate

the process with the applicable engineers.

14.26.3.3. (Added) The supporting planning organization will provide all the required routing

information in part two of the OC-ALC Form 238 and may establish a WCD using PDMSS/G097

or ITS/G337, as applicable or as requested from the owning organization. If the owning

organization requests a WCD, the supporting IET will establish an Air Force approved WCD using

the system of the supporting planning organization and provide a copy to the requesting planning

organization. The supporting planning organization will be responsible for reviewing all tech data,

process orders, AFMC Form 202, Nonconforming Technical Assistance Request and Reply, on all

WCDs on work that is accomplished within their working areas. Once WCDs are established the

requesting planning organization will input the labor standards in the appropriate systems

E046B/PDMSS.

84 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

14.26.3.3.1. (Added) If a change is necessary, it is the responsibility of the supporting planning

organization. The supporting planning organization will notify the requesting planning

organization when WCDs are complete and ready for printing. The requesting organization will

notify the responsible scheduling unit upon establishment of WCDs.

14.26.3.4. (Added) If route is being performed in lieu of a management of items subject to repair

(MISTR) requirement, originating organization will continue to monitor item availability to ensure

that as items become supportable, the route will be discontinued, unless contractual obligations

prohibit. Originating planning office will notify supporting organization when route is no longer

required using OC-ALC Form 238.

14.26.3.5. (Added) Scheduling is responsible for printing all WCDs indicating the production

number and JON suffix in the appropriate system. In cases where supporting planning function

creates WCDs, the supporting scheduling function will be responsible for printing WCDs

indicating the production number and JON suffix using the appropriate system.

14.26.3.5.1. (Added) Scheduling function that prints the WCD will also be responsible for

attaching the WCD to the part and inducting the part into the route.

14.26.3.5.2. (Added) Scheduling will ensure the part is routed by the established start date found

in the routed items listing (applies to 76 AMXG only).

14.26.3.6. (Added) Originating organization will pick up and deliver the routed part and

appropriate paperwork to the first workstation/drop station listed on WCD. The receiving

organization will be responsible for any further movement of the item through the required routes.

14.26.3.7. (Added) Scheduling will be responsible for ensuring optimum visibility of the part is

maintained and have continual routed parts status.

14.26.3.7.1. (Added) Last step on the WCD will be pick-up or delivery instructions. These

instructions will be provided by the requesting organizations and will include building number,

delivery post location, and phone number of the POC for the particular part and WCDs.

14.26.3.7.2. (Added) Once a routed part is delivered for repair, it is the responsibility of the

supporting/receiving organization to accomplish all internal physical moves of that part to

facilitate repairs. If the part needs to go back to the first receiving group for more repairs or for

completion of initial repair paperwork, the second receiving group is responsible for sending the

part back to the first receiving group.

14.26.3.8. (Added) When the part is completed through the final phase of repair process, the shop

production mechanics will scan the WCD as complete. The appropriate WCD will be attached to

the part and the part will be placed in the designated “outgoing area” for pick up/delivery.

Production count is accomplished by the scanning process utilizing Depot Maintenance

Accounting and Production System/Time and Attendance (DMAPS/TAA).

14.26.3.9. (Added) If unforeseen or additional repairs are required, during the repair of aircraft

parts, support organization will contact requesting organization detailing nature of deficiency.

Requesting organization planner will generate a MWR documenting required repairs. Upon

approval of MWR, requesting organization will deliver WCD to support organization (applies to

aircraft routed parts only).

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 85

14.26.3.10. (Added) Any time an item has/is failed/condemned, the back shop scheduler or shop

mechanic will return the part immediately or notify the owning organization to pick up the

failed/condemned part. The owning organization will attach appropriate condition status code tag

to the part. The owning organization will receive the condemned part and all pertaining paperwork

and will either contact the POC annotated on the paperwork (WCD) or the item will be delivered

directly to the scheduling function for appropriate disposition.

14.26.3.11. (Added) During the route process, it is necessary to maintain contact between the

groups performing the required work. To accomplish a true and accurate depiction of each item in

the route process, continuous coordination and communication must occur between the supporting/

requesting parties involved in the process. It is essential that all mechanics accomplish the proper

scanning of WCDs to update PDMSS/G097 or ITS/G337, as applicable; thereby, ensuring

visibility of all parts during the repair process.

86 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Chapter 15

DEPOT MAINTENANCE PLANT MANAGEMENT

15.1.12. (Added) Provide a focal point for all environmental concerns and provide

environmental engineering support to groups/OC-ALC.

15.2.1.1. (Added) For specific instructions for OC-ALC see OC-ALCI21-203, Equipment-

Maintenance/Inspection and Documentation.

15.2.1.2. (Added) For specific instructions see 76 MXSG operating instruction (OI) 21-917,

Process Order Policy & Procedure.

15.2.2.1. (Added) For specific instructions for OC-ALC see OC-ALCI21-203.

15.2.2.2. (Added) For specific instructions on 76 MXSG equipment maintenance see 76 MXSG

instructions.

15.2.3.1. (Added) For specific instructions for OC-ALC see OC-ALCI21-203.

15.2.3.2. (Added) For specific instruction see 76MXSGOI61-201, Quality Verification Center

Operations Methodology.

15.2.4. (Added) Determining strategies and requirements for environmental compliance.

15.2.4.1. (Added) For specific instructions on air quality recordkeeping procedures see OC-

ALCI32-101, Air Quality Recordkeeping Procedures.

15.2.4.2. (Added) For specific instructions on hazardous materials management see AFI32- 7086

OC-ALCSUP, Hazardous Materials Management.

15.7.1.4.2. (Added) The 76 MXSG will budget, initiate, and verify contracted corrective

maintenance (CM) on 76 MXSG maintained equipment.

15.7.1.4.3. (Added) The 76 MXSG will budget and acquisition repair parts for 76 MXSG

maintained equipment, to include all parts that require communications-computer systems

requirements documents (CSRD). Note: Exclude parts that are centrally managed or must be on

a custodian account inventory.

15.7.1.4.4. (Added) The 76 MXSG, with the aid of 76 SWEG, will maintain operating systems

on computer control equipment on 76 MXSG maintained equipment.

15.10.2.2.1.1. (Added) Skills may include chemistry, metallurgy, and physics.

15.10.3.1.1. (Added) The 76 MXSG laboratory personnel are exempted from PAC stamping. In

lieu of stamps, employee signatures certify that the work they performed meets all technical data,

safety, local standard operating procedures (SOPs), and other applicable directives.

15.10.3.4.2. (Added) Local SOPs are another acceptable medium for documentation of technical

guidance and instruction for methods and procedures utilized for 76 MXSG laboratory testing.

15.11.5.1.1. (Added) For 76 MXSG laboratories, which have a chemical hygiene plan, hazardous

material, shall be managed IAW AFI90-821, Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Program, and

local procedures documented in laboratory’s approved chemical hygiene plans.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 87

15.15.4. (Added) Environmental Compliance. The Environmental Engineering Section mission

is to provide a focal point for all environmental concerns and provide environmental support to

groups/OC-ALC organizations.

15.15.4.1. (Added) The Environmental Engineering Section provides environmental guidance,

expertise, and liaison to all external environmental functions.

15.15.4.2. (Added) The Environmental Engineering Section provides pollution prevention

guidance and expertise.

15.15.4.3. (Added) The Environmental Engineering Section provides corrosion control support

functions.

88 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Chapter 17

DEPOT MAINTENANCE PRODUCTION LABOR ENTRY

17.2.2.4.1. (Added) At OC-ALC, payroll records will be stored electronically for 10 years. TAA

records, to include leave application files, source records, inputs records and leave records must

be retained by the employee’s supervisor or activity IAW records retention requirements as set

forth in the National Archives, General Records Schedule 2: http://www.archives.gov/records-

mgmt/grs/grs02.html.

17.2.2.4.2. (Added) At OC-ALC, payroll records must be kept for 10 years IAW with SAF/FM

Policy Letter, Financial Document Retention dated 23 May 2014.

17.3.3.2.3. (Added) For those aircraft needing rework under AIDR requirements and returned to

depot as an unprogrammed depot level maintenance (UDLM), the OC-ALC will use a temporary

control number (T-job) funded from an approved AFMC Form 206, Temporary Work Request for

un-programmed workloads or a permanent control number (PCN) (production number (PDN) with

G-Card for induction) under the original PCN the aircraft was worked in programmed depot

maintenance (PDM), funded from an approved Project Order Form 181 (found in J025A) for un-

programmed warranty workloads. The AFMC Form 206 or PCN will be funded for 0.1 hour.

Procedures in Chapter 6 will apply to UDLM aircraft with the exception that labor/material will

not be charged to the customer and production count will not be taken; direct labor costs are tracked

in TAA on rework JON.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 89

Chapter 18

DEPOT MAINTENANCE MATERIEL CONTROL

18.2.5. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Removal and retention of condition tags

18.2.5.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Background: Department of Defense Form DD1574,

Serviceable Tag - Materiel, and Form DD1574-1, Serviceable Label – Materiel, is used to indicate

the condition status of serviceable materials received through supply channels. AFSC Form 959,

Work Control Document, and AFSC Form 137, Routed Order (Proj Dir), are used to indicate the

serviceable condition of items received from the 76 AMXG support shops as a result of a line-

generated repair requirement.

18.2.5.2. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Procedure:

18.2.5.2.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Forms DD1574/1574-1, AFSC Form 959, or AFSC Form

137 will remain attached to the serviceable item until it is delivered to the installation point. The

person making the installation will remove the document and check the serial number and other

information on the document. He/she will verify it is correct for the item being installed and enter

the date and aircraft tail number on back of the document. He/she will return the document to the

designated ALS for that aircraft, in which the part was installed, so the records section can package

them for delivery with the returning aircraft to home station.

18.2.5.2.2. (Added) The 76 AMXG. If a component is drawn out of stock as a test unit to replace

a suspected defective unit, the Forms DD1574/1574-1, AFSC Form 137, or AFSC Form 959 will

remain with the unit until it is determined if the test unit corrected the condition. If it did not

correct the condition, the original component with the Forms DD1574/1574-1, AFSC Form 137,

or AFSC Form 959 attached, will be returned to the stockroom. If the item is to remain installed

in the aircraft, the Forms DD1574/1574-1, AFSC Form 137, or AFSC Form 959 will be placed in

the container for turn-in to the records section.

18.2.5.2.3. (Added) The 76 AMXG. If a component is installed and found to be defective, the

condition forms/tags for the defective component will be retrieved form designated ALS and

placed with the defective component for disposition in accordance with the applicable directive.

Exception: defective avionics equipment will be controlled.

18.2.6. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Records maintenance: Each squadron records section will

maintain all condition status documents turned in for each aircraft for a period of two years from

date of aircraft departure and then destroy.

18.3.7.1. (Added) The 76 CMXG. The Lean Depot Management System (G300) (LDMS)

provides the mechanics the ability to order material and view the status of the requests and provides

material Production Support Technicians (PST)s the ability to track, update, and fix orders. PSTs

can perform turn-in transactions through LDMS. Material Industrial Engineering Technicians

(IET)s can electronically update, approve, or deny request with planning problems. All orders are

passed to the standard material ordering system (i.e., ABOM/NIMMS).

18.3.9. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Product identification and traceability, requires documented

procedures for identifying the product from receipt and during all states of production, delivery,

and installation.

90 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

18.3.9.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG. The Automated Parts Tracking System (APTS) provides a

method of identifying and tracking parts removed from an aircraft. This system provides the ability

to print tags and labels that are useful in tracking the location and status of parts that have been

removed from an aircraft. These tags and labels create a unique tracking identification number for

each part when printed. The aircraft serial number is included in this unique identifier. Reference

to these tags and labels will be made in the instructions below. Use of the tags and labels referenced

are considered a “best practice” method, but are not necessary to meet minimum tagging

requirements.

18.3.9.2. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Procedure: parts removed from an aircraft may undergo a

variety of processes for inspection/repair, or may simply be stored awaiting re-installation. At a

minimum, parts removed from the aircraft will have the aircraft serial number identified. This

identification can occur in a number of ways which will be reviewed below, but at a minimum, the

serial number must be legible. Possible identification methods include, but are not limited to:

18.3.9.2.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Metal or plastic tag with pre-printed/stamped aircraft serial

number. Examples of use include any time a part may go through an intrusive process such as

wash or paint strip processes. When possible, include the pre-printed unique-ID label from the

APTS with the pre-printed/stamped tag. Note: Figure 18.8 Contains a sample of a metal pre-

stamped tag.

18.3.9.2.2. (Added) The 76 AMXG. OC-ALC Form 52, Parts Identification and Status Tag, may

be used to indicate the aircraft to which the part belongs, the removing mechanic, the remove and

install operation numbers, as well as the status of the part (Figure 18.5). Suggested uses for this

tagging method include parts that undergo a repair process or are stored awaiting re- installation.

This tag is especially useful when the aircraft part removed is not already in the APTS database as

it provides the information necessary to add the part to the database. The status of the part can be

indicated via the use of shorthand status codes See Figure 18.6. Note: statuses are not limited to

these shorthand status codes in Figure 18.6 If a status is encountered for which a shorthand code

does not exist, the mechanic simply writes the status in the status column of the tag. The mechanic

also has the option of writing out the status code and forgoing the shorthand. The list of shorthand

status codes found in Figure 18.6 can be displayed and used as a quick reference for status codes.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 91

Figure 18.5. (Added) The 76 AMXG. OC-ALC Form 52, Parts Identification and Status

Tag (front and backsides). (Always check for the current version).

92 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Figure 18.6. (Added) The 76 AMXG Established Status Shorthand Codes.

18.3.9.2.3. (Added) The 76 AMXG. APTS automated parts identification and status tag (3” x 6”)

(Figure 18.7). APTS has the ability to generate detailed identification tag for all parts loaded to

its database that is an automated version of the OC-ALC Form 52. This information includes the

aircraft serial number, noun, remove operation, the install operation, the part number, and a unique

tracking number for the part. The tracking number is created when the label is printed and includes

the aircraft serial number to which the part is linked. Therefore, use of this tag does not require

additional marking of the aircraft serial number. Suggested uses for this tagging method include

parts that undergo a repair process or are stored awaiting re- installation. Note: (Figure 18.7)

contains a sample of a 3” x 6” APTS automated form.

Figure 18.7. (Added) The 76 AMXG Completed 3” X 6” APTS Automated Form 52

Sample.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 93

18.3.9.2.4. (Added) The 76 AMXG. APTS barcode label (1” x 3”). APTS also has the ability

to generate barcode labels for all parts loaded in its database. Printed barcodes contain the noun,

the remove operation, the part number, and a unique tracking number for the part. The tracking

number is created when the barcode is printed and includes the aircraft serial number to which the

part is linked. Therefore, use of this label does not require additional marking of the aircraft serial

number. This label can be used in conjunction with pre-printed/stamped tags (Figure 18.8) and

the OC-ALC Form 52. Note: Figure 18.9 contains a sample of a 1” x 3” APTS barcode label.

Figure 18.8. (Added) The 76 AMXG Metal or Plastic Pre-Printed or Stamped Tag

Sample.

Figure 18.9. (Added) 76 AMXG Completed 1” X 3” APTS Barcode Label.

18.3.9.2.5. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Small parts will be containerized in some form. The

container (i.e., cloth bag, plastic bag, plastic container, etc.) will be marked with the aircraft serial

number at a minimum.

18.3.10. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Records maintenance:

94 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

18.3.10.1. (Added) The 76 AMXG. WCDs will be used for recording removal and installation

activities within the 76 AMXG. These records will be maintained in accordance with the applicable

records disposition schedule for depot maintenance and inspection records. For Federal Aviation

Administration (FAA) Part 145 workload, records will be kept for two years.

18.3.10.2. (Added) The 76 AMXG. Once APTS has been updated to indicate installation of the

part, the APTS labels may be destroyed.

Figure 18.10. (Added) Sample OC-ALC Form 112, Single Material Issue/Request. (Always

check for the current version).

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 95

Figure 18.11. (Added) Sample AFSC Form 95, Issue Request. (Always check for the

current version).

96 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

18.11.12.1. (Added) The 76 CMXG. The LDMS Store may be utilized to store raw material,

design, deliver, and retrieve material, used in support of scheduled maintenance. LDMS does not

feed supply systems when ordered out of the LDMS inventory, and does not cost the material to a

new JON.

Figure 18.12. (Added) Sample OC-ALC Form 113, Multiple Material Request Form

(Always check for the current version).

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 97

Figure 18.13. (Added) Sample OC-ALC Form 111, Unplanned Material Request. (Always

check for the current version).

98 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Figure 18.14. (Added) 76 SWEG Sample OC-ALC Form 415, Material Request. (Always

check for the current version).

18.14.2. (Added) IPV items are to be packaged, labeled and placed in the appropriate return bins

in order to be reused.

18.14.3. (Added) When an employee retrieves IPV material from open bin or auto crib, the

following must occur. Employee places each part in a separate bag and clearly labels each bag

with the BSL bin location and manufacturers part number or NSN of each item taken. Material

will not be co-mingled in bags.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 99

18.14.3.1. (Added) Material unused after completing the task will be placed in the grey tub

located next to the BSL where the material was removed. Returned material must be in a bag with

the original bin location and manufacturer’s part number or NSN clearly written on the bag.

Unidentifiable material will be placed in the red tub for disposition by the Air Force. Residual

kits will be placed in the blue tub for processing. If the kit was organically built, it will be picked

up by Group kitting organizations. If the kit was built by LM, they will pick up the residual.

Material that LM finds in the return tubs that is not clearly identified will be placed in the red tub

for disposition by the Air Force.

18.14.5.3. (Added) LM will check the return tub when they are in our area. Material will be

placed back in the proper bin if it will not exceed the max level. If the bin max is reached, LM will

take the material back to the Lockheed Martin Distribution Center (LDC) to incorporate into the

Air Force owned inventory for future use.

Figure 18.15. (Added) 76 SWEG Sample OC-ALC Form 416, DIFM/DOTM Material

Request-(Always check for the current version).

100 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

18.15.2. (Added) The 76 CMXG will utilize LDMS to process material transaction to ABOM.

LDMS contains front-end edit processes that must be met prior to passing to ABOM.

Figure 18.16. (Added) 76 PMXG Sample OC-ALC Form 18 Indirect Material Add form.

(Always check for the current version).

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 101

Figure 18.19. (Added) Clear Text Statement.

102 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

18.19.1.1. (Added) The 76 CMXG. Material Transaction Processing and Cost Corrections. All

material requests will be processed through ABOM and/or LDMS. All turn-in transactions will be

processed through LDMS or ABOM/NIMMS. These transactions will be processed in the above

mentioned systems to record activity between the maintenance groups and/or supply.

18.19.1.2. (Added) OC-ALC will follow this process when purchasing raw material using

Government Purchase Cards (GPC) for items that will be consumed on aircraft, engines, or

commodities. The cardholder or planner will check to see if the item is stock listed with a National

Stock Number (NSN). If the required material has a stock number it will be utilized to acquire the

item through normal supply channels (DLA), unless the required delivery date (RDD) will not

meet the estimated delivery date (EDD). If the RDD cannot be met, then Metals Prime Vendor

contract (MPV) will be used first, 2

Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) and 3

GPC will be

considered.

18.19.1.2.1. (Added) The GPC cardholder or planner may seek to locate other sources if the

traditional supply methods are not supportable, as long as they meet the established selection

criteria of the GPC. The external provider must have the product/material needed, can deliver the

product within the specified delivery date, and can provide acceptable documentation (e.g.

Certificate of Conformance (CoC), Certificate of Analysis (CoA), Mill Test Reports (MTR), Mill

Test Certificates (MTC), etc.) and has an acceptable price.

18.19.1.3. (Added) GPC will be used as a last resort for raw stock. All purchases must be IAW

AFI64-117, Government Purchase Card Program. GPC Purchase Request must be procured from

vendors with an Air Force approved Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code. If an Air

Force CAGE Code does not exist then an AFMC Form 202 will be needed from cognizant

engineer.

18.19.1.4. (Added) GPC Cardholders will keep a log and material information must be entered

into the purchasing tracking system. GPC Line of Accounting will be an overhead general ledger

account/JON, which will require cost transfers to a direct JON.

18.19.2.3. (Added) Established forms, must be published within E-Publishing and include a

checkpoint to indicate if material is indirect, and a place for the planner to coordinate and signoff

when indirect material is required for consumption on aircraft, engines and commodities. When

indirect material is required, and not listed on the ABOM indirect table, the PST will check the

appropriate box on the material request form and obtain coordination and signature of the planner

prior to ordering material. The planner will load material to the ABOM indirect table, coordinate,

sign and return material request form to PST. After validating the request, form the PST will use

the automated bill of material (ABOM). The 76 CMXG will use the Lean Depot Management

system (LDMS) to process material orders, and no issue request form is necessary.

18.19.2.4. (Added) . Established OC-ALC Form 112 Single material request (Figure 18.10.), or

OC-ALC Form 113 Multiple material request (Figure18.12) will be used to order material in 76

AMXG and 76 PMXG. AFSC Form 95 Issue Request (Figure 18.11) may be used in lieu of forms

listed above. The 76 CMXG will use established forms listed above for material request not

ordered through LDMS.

18.19.2.5. (Added) Electronic means of requesting material can be accomplished within LDMS

or ABOM/NIMMS utilizing the picklist within the systems.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 103

18.19.2.6. (Added) 76 PMXG OC-ALC Form 018 Indirect Material Add Form (Figure 18.16)

will be used by 76 PMXG when indirect material is not loaded to the ABOM indirect table.

18.19.2.7. (Added) The 76 SWEG. OC-ALC Form 415 (Figure 18.14) and OC-ALC Form 416

(Figure 18.15) will be used in 76 SWEG.

18.19.2.8. (Added) Part number request for non-stock listed (NSL) material will be processed

through the part number supply support request (PNSSR) system. If the source Maintenance

Recoverability (SMR) code found in provisional T. O. shows this should be a local manufactured

item, select “JCL” in the SOS.

18.19.2.9. (Added) Maintenance/production personnel will submit established order forms to the

PST. PST will perform front-end edit to determine if part is stock listed except in areas where

LDMS is utilized. If part is not stock listed, PST/Planner will initiate Form DD1348-6, Single Line

Item Requisition System Document, DoD (Manual-Long Form) action through the PNSSR system.

The Form DD1348-6 will be systematically forwarded to the appropriate DLA-A/CSS within the

part number office.

18.19.3.3. (Added) The 76 CMXG. LDMS will cause the order to fail sending a message to the

administrator. Order cannot proceed until IET approves the transaction.

18.19.5.1.1. (Added) Excess serviceable material, residue, and non-IPV kit residue material,

which can be identified by NSN or manufactures stamp including material type, will be returned

to the production support flight for proper disposition.

18.19.5.1.1.1. (Added) NIMMS MN045P screen will be used to process the turn-in of excess,

found on base (FOB), and cost code “A”, condition code “A” material.

18.19.5.1.1.2. (Added) The JON will not be used for material turned-in as FOB.

18.19.5.1.1.3. (Added) FOB material will be turned in with an “N” in the credit expected.

18.19.5.1.1.4. (Added) If credit is expected, research must be accomplished prior to input and

the source of supply (SOS) must be in a buy status. The forced credit indicator must be used with

caution.

18.19.5.1.2. (Added) Production shops involved in the manufacturing of parts, which utilize the

use of raw material, may maintain a reasonable amount of left over raw stock as long as it is

properly identified and stored with the product identity.

18.19.5.1.2.1. (Added) Each production group within OC-ALC will have their own pick-up

points for unserviceable and scrap material. Within each group, each squadron will have their

respective areas of responsibility.

18.19.5.1.2.2. (Added) These procedures do not apply to the handling and disposing of

hazardous material or hazardous waste. Refer to AFMAN32-7002, for hazardous control

instructions. To prevent accidental contamination involving hazardous material/waste, scrap

material disposal sites shall not be located in or around hazardous waste collection points.

18.19.5.5.1. (Added) Maintenance group (production) personnel will:

18.19.5.5.1.1. (Added) Determine the appropriate disposition of material (example: turn-in

material to courtesy storage, turn-in material to supply, etc.).

104 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

18.19.5.5.1.2. (Added) Identify and tag material (e.g., serviceable, condemned, repairable, etc.)

with stock number, part number, noun, maintenance inspection stamp/signature, and unit of issue

(e.g., unit of issue is a quantity of one hundred (HD) and we have less than 50 percent, turn in as

scrap). See AFSCMAN21-102, Table14.12. for material condition codes. Note: 76 CMXG:

Residue material will be marked with manufactures stamp including material type. If stamp is not

legible, materials may be sent to lab for positive identification to avoid condemnation.

18.19.5.5.1.3. (Added) Turn-in to Y-Store.

18.19.5.5.1.3.1. (Added) Materiel requirement: If materiel is opened and not in original package

one copy of Form DD1574 is required. At a minimum, Form DD1574 must have date, quantity,

NSN, noun, condition code “A”, part number, and maintenance inspection stamp/signature. This

does not pertain to material with a shelf life.

18.19.5.5.1.3.2. (Added) Utilize the MN044P screen in NIMMS to process the turn-in to the Y-

Store, the input generates a stow document. Print Stowage Document and attach to material along

with DD Form 1574 if material is not in factory packaging. Verify the quantity has been added to

store detail via MN090P when turn-in is processed. Place material in the Outgoing area for DLA-

A SSC to pick up during daily run.

18.19.5.5.1.4. (Added) Establish and maintain pick-up points for unserviceable expendability,

recoverability, reparability code (ERRC) XB3 material; each point will be conspicuously marked

to show RCC authorized to place material there and be clearly identified with obvious visible sign

explaining and defining contents of each collection area.

18.19.5.5.1.5. (Added) Ensure "serviceable" and "identified" consumable ERRC XB3/XF3 type

material is NOT placed in containers marked as unserviceable (scrap) material. For nuts, bolts,

washers, rivets, shavings, wire (without connectors) and residue from the material manufacturing

process, follow procedures for condemned material/scrap material as defined in para 18.19.5.5.2.

18.19.5.5.1.6. (Added) Ensure only items that have been conspicuously marked in red with

waterproof paint, dye, or similar material will be put in the containers marked for unserviceable

(scrap) material. In some areas, locked containers conspicuously marked in red can be utilized as

a collection point for small hardware.

18.19.5.5.1.7. (Added) Ensure the maximum amount of indirect bench stock material maintained

by the individual mechanic, based on workload, and does not exceed a two day supply. All bench

stock containers retained at workstation will be labeled with part number or stock number. After

completion of repair process, excess bench stock material will be returned to the designated bench

stock location IAW governing contractual procedures.

18.19.5.5.1.8. (Added) Report any discrepancies/non-compliances in disposal procedures

promptly to management.

18.19.5.5.1.9. (Added) Maintenance production support personnel will:

18.19.5.5.1.9.1. (Added) Perform appropriate research action to determine disposition of the

material after production personnel have returned the shop floor residue/excess material to the

designated location. Material must be tagged as serviceable, reparable or condemned.

18.19.5.5.1.9.2. (Added) 76 CMXG Local Manufacturing. Residue material will not be tagged

as serviceable; it is the responsibility of the production shop to prove if the material is serviceable

when released for the next job. . If material is condemned, turn- in or scrap according to regulation.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 105

18.19.5.5.1.9.3. (Added) Process excess material based upon disposition research using turn- in

procedures for the processing of material into the supply account.

18.19.5.5.1.9.4. (Added) Report any discrepancies/non-compliances in disposal procedures

promptly to management.

18.19.5.5.1.10. (Added) Maintenance group supervisors will:

18.19.5.5.1.10.1. (Added) Ensure all employees can differentiate between excess material and

unserviceable (scrap) material.

18.19.5.5.1.10.2. (Added) Ensure all employees know the location sites for excess and

unserviceable (scrap) material.

18.19.5.5.2. (Added) The following procedures will be used for condemned/scrap material:

18.19.5.5.2.1. (Added) Scrap material is defined as material no longer usable in the production

process and has no value except for its basic material content.

18.19.5.5.2.2. (Added) The production groups will:

18.19.5.5.2.3. (Added) Conspicuously mark unserviceable parts (scrap) items identified for

disposal in red with waterproof paint, dye, or similar material. Shavings from the machining

process, sheet metal scrap from the manufacturing/repair process and safety wire do not require

red marking.

18.19.5.5.2.4. (Added) Tag all consumable cost code “A” material no matter the demilitarization

code and process for turn-in by PST. Items with the same NSN may be grouped together in a

separate (approved) shipping container. These items only require one document and one tag that

reflect the appropriate quantity of like items.

18.19.5.5.2.5. (Added) Process this material through DLA-DS Distribution Services, document

builder/NIMMS system as a FOB turn-in. Place the Form DD1348-1A, generated on the material

as you would all other turn-ins. Once completed, material will be given to Defense Distribution

Depot, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma (DDOO) for shipment to Defense Reutilization and Marketing

Service (DRMS). The groups are not responsible for moving this type of material to DRMS.

18.19.5.5.3. (Added) Scrap material (which is not identifiable to a stock number) defined as nuts,

bolts, screws, rivets, washers, and wire, will be handled as follows:

18.19.5.5.3.1. (Added) Notify DRMS, 405-855-3667, and setup an appointment for a walk

through and determination of the material being scraped. DRMS will come to the specific shop

and give instruction on how the material should be processed. After initial instruction, the shop

should sort the material in the manner instructed in an ongoing basis.

18.19.5.5.3.2. (Added) Once the material is separated, a turn-in document will be processed

using an offline document number. The offline document number will consist of an “F” in the first

position, followed by the first five alphas of the RCC, the Julian date, and a four digit serial number

(first and last initial of the maker plus a number ranging from (01-99)). An example of an offline

document number if you were in 76 AMXG would be FMBBTA2015KM001. Do not duplicate

the numbers.

106 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

18.19.5.5.3.3. (Added) The groups will place the document with the material and prepare for

shipment. Each group is responsible for notifying DRMS, 405-855-3667 or via email

[email protected] to have this material reviewed, stamped, and made ready to ship to DRMS.

18.19.5.5.3.4. (Added) Once the group has the shipment ready they will take this material to

Building 9002. Business hours are 0730 to 1500 Monday thru Thursday and from 0730 to 1200 on

Friday. DRMS is closed on Saturday and Sunday. You have the option of calling in advance for

an appointment to deliver.

18.19.5.5.4. (Added) Scrap material is defined as shavings and residue from manufacturing,

scrap will be handled as follows:

18.19.5.5.4.1. (Added) Separate this material by type of metal such as aluminum, stainless steel,

titanium, or as best you can into specifically labeled cans/ bins in the production shop area,

remembering that the government receives more money when metals can be sold by the specific

type. Ensure all scrap metal is free from hazardous chemicals. Accomplish a Form DD1348-1A

using the federal stock class of the material and the offline document number process above

(Paragraph 18.19.5.5.3.2). Business hours are 0730 to 1500 Monday thru Thursday, and 0730 to

1200 on Friday. DRMS is closed Saturday and Sunday. You have the option of calling in advance

for an appointment to deliver.

18.19.5.5.5. (Added) Items that do not have a NSN will be handled as follows: The group will

research to determine if the item in question has a NSN. If the item has a NSN, process it according

to the cost code assigned to the NSN. If the item does not have a NSN, the representing activity

will have to submit additional documentation with the Form DD1348-1A, called a clear text

statement, (Figure 18.19)

18.19.5.5.5.1. (Added) Item must have a demilitarization code assigned, and must be placed on

the form for the part to be turned-in to DRMS. The PST can find the Demil code at

http://www.dla.mil/DDSR/. Once all the paperwork is accomplished, notify DRMS, 405-855-

3667, or via email [email protected] to have them review documentation and to set an

appointment to deliver the materiel to Building 9002

18.19.5.5.5.2. (Added) All material, with the exception of cost code “A” material, DEMIL code

“A” through “X,” will require DRMS to review the documentation. Once this takes place, it will

be the responsibility of the activity with the material to transport it to DRMS at Building 9002.

18.19.5.5.5.3. (Added) The OC-ALC/Business Office (OB) office has established an indirect

duty code of X51112622000 (excess material cleanup) to ensure all time is captured for this

process. It is imperative this code be used so time can be documented.

18.19.5.9.1.1. (Added) Due in from maintenance (DIFM)/Due out to maintenance (DOTM)

details.

18.19.5.9.1.2. (Added) For serviceable part cost code “B” issued to maintenance, a turn-in of the

same part or an interchangeable and substitution (I&S) linked substitute must be used to clear the

DIFM. Turn-ins are reparable “F” condition or condemned “H” condition. The Wholesale and

Retail Receiving Shipping System (D035K) retail transaction history inquiry (RINA), DIFM

document number inquiry (RINE) and mass request for retail transaction history (MRAG) screens

are used to track DIFM/DOTM details. Exchange material transactions create one of four details.

These details are essential to identify and control the issue and turn-in of exchange material.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 107

18.19.5.9.1.2.1. (Added) Detail types:

18.19.5.9.1.2.2. (Added) DIFM (DF) – (D7). DIFM details are created when an exchange item

is issued to maintenance, and maintenance has not turned in a like-item using the same document

number as the issue request to clear the DIFM detail.

18.19.5.9.1.2.3. (Added) DIFM due out (DO). DIFM DO (D7) – DIFM DO details are created

when an exchange item is requested on a replacement basis and D035K has backordered the

requisition due to the unavailability of the item. D035K reflects these DIFM DOs as traditional

backorders and does not identify them by symbol.

18.19.5.9.1.2.4. (Added) Credit DIFM (DT) – Credit DIFM (D6) details are created when

maintenance turns in an exchange item on a replacement basis and has not requested a replacement

item.

18.19.5.9.1.2.5. (Added) DOTM (D6) - DOTM details are created when a turn-in has posted in

D035K but the issue request is backordered.

18.19.5.9.1.2.6. (Added) Each squadron is responsible for monitoring the DIFM status in their

area to ensure all transactions are processed in a timely manner. Each squadron is responsible for

appointing a DIFM monitor and alternate. This monitor will oversee the DIFM/DOTM process in

their groups to ensure all DIFMs are cleared within 60 days. The monitor will answer questions

related to the DIFM process, and is required to follow-up with the respective PST and supervisor

when a delinquent DIFM and DIFM credits require attention.

18.19.5.9.1.2.7. (Added) The AF PST controls the applicable DIFM/DOTM records for their

assigned areas. It is the responsibility of the PST to ensure DIFM assets are turned in within 60

days, to exercise document control when turning in parts to ensure the system automatically clears

the DIFM, and verify that DLA timely clears the DIFM detail or initiates action to research.

18.19.5.9.3.1. (Added) DLA aviation, customer support specialists (CSS)s will be available to

assist the AF PST in making the proper transactions to maintain the DIFM/DOTM records.

18.19.5.9.3.2. (Added) Cost codes are crucial when processing DIFM/DOTM details to properly

charge the JON, which charges the DMAG. Cost codes can be found in Table 18.10. of

AFSCMAN21-102.

18.23.1. (Added) Originating point responsibilities. The Originating Point is typically located

within the organizations Quality Assurance or Safety Office. If an Originating Point is not

identified within the organization, the Originator will perform Originating Point functions.

18.23.1.1. (Added) Originating point deficiency report (DR) screening. The originating point has

overall management responsibility for the submitting organization or group and ensures applicable

exhibits are available, secured and properly identified. Note: originator procedures for initiating

a DR are contained in TO 00-35D-54, USAF Material Deficiency Reporting and Resolution,

Chapter 3.4. The originating point may assume some or all of the duties of the originator.

18.23.1.1.1. (Added) The originating point will screen DRs received from originator. This

screening will include the following:

18.23.1.1.1.1. (Added) Determine validity, accuracy and completeness of report. Reference TO

00-35D-54.

18.23.1.1.1.2. (Added) Verify NSN and P/N correctness using D043 system.

108 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

18.23.1.1.1.3. (Added) Request a copy of serviceable or bar code tags from originator.

18.23.1.1.2. (Added) The originating point tracks DR progress and resolution.

18.23.1.1.3. (Added) The originating point performs trend analysis and DR feedback.

18.23.2. (Added) Originating point DR input to Joint Discrepancy Reporting System (JDRS).

Validated and completed DR is input through JDRS. A copy of the report is forwarded to the

originator with instructions to tag the exhibit IAW TO 00-35D-54, Chapter 6. PST shall complete

the turn-in process within two workdays.

18.23.2.1. (Added) Exhibits will be released “Q” condition to DDOO-SOP where they will be

held pending induction by center investigating organization or shipped to an off base destination.

Note: DDOO will not release the “Q” condition item without coordination from the originating

point.

18.23.3. (Added) Originating point local shipping procedures. When exhibit disposition

instructions are received from the action point, the originating point will:

18.23.3.1. (Added) ) DLA Product Specialist provides a ship in place (SIP) letter for SMS “Q”

condition items to the QA Action/ Screening point, which will forward via e-mail AVN-OO-

[email protected] to material support, stock control DLA-OC/DLDBA (Material Support Stock

Control).

18.23.3.2. (Added) Retain a copy of SIP letter, for records documentation.

18.23.3.2.1. (Added) If a shipping document is not received within two (2) working days, contact

DLA-OC/DLDBA and e-mail a second copy of SIP letter annotating “Second Submission” to

DLA-OC/DLDBA.

18.23.3.3. (Added) DLA-OC/DLDBA faxes a completed copy of Form DD1348-1A, to OC-

ALC receiving and storage activity DDOO-SOP. This form is accessible at

http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/forms/eforms/dd13481a.pdf.

18.23.3.4. (Added) A shipping document number is assigned by the DLA-OC/DLDBA and an

e-mail is forwarded to originating point which includes a deficiency report unique identifier

(DRUI) and assigned shipping document number.

18.23.3.5. (Added) The originating point will retain shipping documents to obtain shipping and

delivery information.

18.23.3.6. (Added) Originating point exhibit shipment. The originating point will update the

JDRS database with shipping document number and exhibit tracking information IAW TO 00-

35D-54, Section 6.

18.23.4. (Added) Originating point DR status and analysis. The originating point will establish

a systematic process to query, follow-up on progress, and report on the current status of DRs

including disposition instructions.

18.23.4.1. (Added) Perform analysis of reported deficiencies to identify high consumption of

manpower, parts and/or other resources to enhance efficiency and effectiveness. Significant results

may be forwarded to the action point and/or the equipment specialist (ES).

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 109

18.23.4.2. (Added) Check respective exhibit status weekly and take any necessary action to

ensure exhibits move in a timely manner to DDOO-SOP. Note: upon receipt of action point

instructions that state the exhibit is not needed for an evaluation, the originating point will inform

DDOO-SOP of final disposition and change of condition code.

18.23.5. (Added) Originating point credit reversal actions. When a request for credit reversal is

received from the action point, the originating point will:

18.23.5.1. (Added) Forward a request to their supply organization to perform a “reverse post- to-

post” action to accomplish reverse credit.

18.23.5.2. (Added) When credit reversal is perceived as not valid, the originating point has

fifteen days to contact the action point and attempt resolution.

18.23.5.2.1. (Added) If consensus cannot be reached, the originating point will have 30 days to

substantiate their rationale for disagreement and request single point of contact office (SPOCO)

place the DR in an “open dispute” (DISP) status.

18.23.5.2.2. (Added) When DR has been in a DISP status for 60 days, the originating point can

elevate the dispute to SPOCO. Note: the SPOCO will elevate the DISP status to HQ AFMC DR

program manager.

18.27.3. (Added) PST requesting a MICAP upgrade will utilize following guidelines: Check

maintenance courtesy stores (X,Y,Z), check with planner/scheduler for alternate part number and

potential ROB-Backs, ensure the maintenance backorder has the acceptable priority.

18.27.3.1. (Added) PST will fill out MICAP checklist (Table 18.23), within this policy. PST

will then provide the form to the DLA-A CSS for MICAP upgrade. PST will maintain a copy

(either electronic or manual) of all research documents along with the MICAP checklist IAW the

Records Disposition Schedule. PST will monitor the MICAP until asset has been received. PST

must inform the DLA- A CSS to downgrade requisition when MICAP status is no longer required.

18.34.2.1. (Added) The 76 CMXG. The Supply Module is used to cancel backorders in LDMS.

Select the Backorders tab and find the document number that requires cancellation. Verify the

quantity to cancel, ensure there is a check in the “Send DHA to DLA” block, if a DHA is required,

and provide a reason for the cancellation, and click OK.

18.39.1. (Added) AF PST will:

18.39.1.1. (Added) Access the ABOM Exchangeable module screen.

18.39.1.1.1. (Added) Click on the requisition material.

18.39.1.1.2. (Added) Click on unique ID and input required unique ID.

18.39.1.1.3. (Added) Click on national item identification number (NIIN) and input NIIN.

18.39.1.1.4. (Added) Click on quantity, input quantity and press the enter key.

18.39.1.2. (Added) The ABOM system will bring up unmatched turn-ins (D6R) is to be linked

to with an option to make a new document. If you want to use an existing D6R, ensure its valid

then click on that document number. Use the D035K RINE (DIFM document number inquiry

screen) or Center of Parts Activity (COPA) report to verify the validity of the D6R prior to

processing transaction in ABOM.

110 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

18.39.1.3. (Added) Make necessary changes to delivery priority, building station, standard

reporting designator (SRD), and any other field that is not yellow and press the enter key. Write

NIMMS response on order sheet.

18.39.2. (Added) Post to post issue processing. Expedite action will be taken to process the

following post-post issues.

18.39.2.1. (Added) The post-post issue of material is authorized for and limited to:

18.39.2.1.1. (Added) Emergency requirements for priorities 01-05 when the computer is not in

operation.

18.39.2.1.2. (Added) D035K down, reason code 1.

18.39.2.1.3. (Added) Data Store System (DSS) down, reason code 2.

18.39.2.1.4. (Added) ABOM down and D035K and/or DSS down, reason code 3.

18.39.2.1.5. (Added) NIMMS down and D035K and/or DSS down, reason code 4.

18.39.2.1.6. (Added) All computer systems down, reason code 5.

18.39.2.1.7. (Added) Deficiency reports (DR) exhibits or specific serialized items when D035K

or DSS down, reason code 6.

18.39.2.1.8. (Added) Random lengths of materiel, reason code 7.

18.39.2.1.9. (Added) Specific assets in batches including “X” condition assets, reason code 8.

18.39.2.1.10. (Added) Emergency requirements for priorities 01-05 when the total asset

(TASSET) record shows a zero balance with assets available in the warehouse, reason code 9.

18.39.2.1.11. (Added) Ammunition, explosives, and pyrotechnics, reason code 10.

18.39.2.1.12. (Added) The limitation of post-post issues is required to prevent indiscriminate

issue of materiel from the storage facility which maintains project materiel, wholesale item

manager (IM) materiel, and depot supply operating stocks (of the same stock number) stored in

one warehouse location.

18.39.3. (Added) OC-ALC maintenance production support personnel will:

18.39.3.1. (Added) Receive request for post-post issues from applicable production personnel.

18.39.3.2. (Added) Ensure the reason cited by production personnel is valid by ensuring system

identified is down or non-operational and verify condition/unit of issue of material.

18.39.3.3. (Added) Deny the post-post and notify production personnel if it is determined the

request is invalid.

18.39.3.4. (Added) After validating request, process the post-post as identified below:

18.39.3.4.1. (Added) For ordering material when ABOM/NIMMS is up and D035K/DSS down,

input the transaction as a post-post transaction into ABOM using the appropriate material

requisition screen. ABOM will assign a document number. This document number will be used to

call in or facsimile (FAX) the post-post request to, DDOO-Customer Service (XICS).

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 111

18.39.3.4.1.2. (Added) When ABOM/NIMMS is down and D035K/DSS is down, manually

assign a document number to be used for the post-post transaction. In block ‘D’ of the AFSC Form

95, annotate “ALL SYSTEMS DOWN”.

18.39.3.4.2. (Added) For ordering End Items when D035K/DSS is down, manually assign a

document number to be used for the post-post transaction. In block ‘D’ of the AFSC Form 95,

annotate “ALL SYTEMS DOWN.”

18.39.3.4.2.1. (Added) Quality deficiency report (QDR) exhibits are no longer ordered post- post

unless systems are down. In order to receive an exhibit under normal processing, the exhibit must

be ordered through the Exchangeable Production System (G402A) to create an in-transit in

D035K. A completed AFSC Form 95, with the necessary DR information must be provided to

DDOO help desk at 739-2488 or via e-mail @ [email protected]. This process must

be followed in order to obtain the correct exhibit. The receipt acknowledgement (RA) must be

cleared in G337 to place the item on work order (OWO).

18.39.4. (Added) Prepare AFSC Form 95 (Figure 18.10.) according to the format in (Figure

18.11). Note: special instructions on for DR exhibits can be found in (Figure 18.11).

112 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Figure 18.11. (Added) AFSC Form 95 Information Required.

Cols 1-3-Document (DOC) ID Col 3 if Annotated on AFMC 95, otherwise blank

Cols 4-6-Routing ID (FHB)

Col 7-Leave blank, unless coded

Col 8-22-NSN

Cols 23-24-Unit of issue (U/I)

Cols 25-29-QTY

Cols 30-43-DOC number

Col 44 DMD (document suffix)

Cols 45-50-Delivery destination

Cols 51-55-Control number

Col 56-Job designator (last digit of control number)

Cols 57-59-Project code (enter if applicable)

Col 60-WC

Col 61-Force activity designator (FAD)

Cols 62-64-Required delivery date (JON)

Cols 65-66-Advice code (on a post-post this is the first two digits of the Julian date)

(blank if exhibit is for a DR and systems are up)

Col 67-Base delivery priority (On a post-post this is the last digit of the Julian date)

(blank if exhibit is for a DR and systems are up)

Cols 68-69-Blank

Col 70-Owner Purpose (O/P)

Col 71-Condition code

Col 72-Blank

Cols 73-77-Operation facility number – Blank

Col 78-Cost code

Cols 79-80-Post-post (blank if exhibit is for a DR and systems are up)

** In block A of the AFSC Form 95, annotate the requestor’s name, phone number, and post-

post reason code. In block D of AFSC Form 95, annotate the prime IM and phone number

who approved the issue of “09” account material. **For DR exhibits- In block C of AFSC

Form 95, annotate the accession number if available. In block F of AFSC Form 95, annotate

the report control number (RCN) and if available the serial number (S/N).

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 113

18.39.5. (Added) During normal duty hours (0645-1530) (Monday-Friday), the request

(including reason code) will be called in to customer service at 405-855-3855

18.39.6. (Added) On weekends, holidays, and after 1530, Monday through Friday, contact

DDOO Emergency Supply Operations Center (ESOC) at 517-5506.

18.39.7. (Added) DDOO customer service will receive the local issue documents and process as

required. If the post-post is a customer pickup, DDOO will call the POC listed on the Form

DD1348-1A, and deliver the material to the customer. Note: The preferred method to initiate a

post-post to customer service is to call 739-2488. AFSC Form 95 can be scanned, e-mailed @

[email protected] , or faxed to customer service at 734-4593.

18.40.1. (Added) The D6 turn-in transaction generates a stuffer deck, consisting of five copies

of a turn-in stuffer. Once the transaction is input, place four copies of the stuffer and the proper

forms on the material packaging and move it to the DLA pickup/delivery area. The PST is

responsible for ensuring the stuffer, the condition tag and all other supporting documentation is

securely attached to the turn in. One condition tag must be placed inside the container and one

placed on the outside of the container.

18.40.2. (Added) The PST is responsible to retain one stuffer in suspense until a receipt (RT)

appears on the RINA screen in D035K. The DIFM/DOTM is cleared when the turn-in is processed

by DLA and crosses D035K. The RINE screen is another option that can be used to determine if

credit has been received from DLA.

18.40.3. (Added) The AF PST will follow-up on D6 turn-ins. If the D6 has not crossed the daily

DIFM/DOTM list within ten days, the AF PST should verify the status of the turn-in. Initiate a

DLA-OC/DL Form 14, D6 Turn-in Research Checklist (Figure 18.12), and send to DLA Inventory

Care of Supply and Storage (COSIS) team for research. Contact information for the COSIS team

is 739-3804 or Email [email protected].

114 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Figure 18.12. (Added) Sample DLA-OC/DL Form 14, D6 Turn-in Research Checklist.

D6 Turn-in Research Checklist

NSN:

Document Number:

PST Name/E-mail:

PST Phone/FAX

(W)SSC Personnel will:

Check

Done

Remarks

Verify 10 days have passed since turn-in date.

Check for copy of signed/stamped D6 stuffer that

certifies positive material transfer.

Physically check surrounding work area for turn-in.

Physically check DD drop-off point for turn-in.

Research D035K/RINA/RINE screens by Document

Number and NSN. Check for any posting errors (e.g.,

transposed numbers, incorrect RCC, error in document

#, NSN, quantity, condition, cost code, etc.). If errors

found, print screen.

Research DSS (27/1C screen) by Document Number and

NIIN. Check DSS for any posting errors (e.g., transposed

numbers, incorrect RCC, error in document #, NSN,

quantity, condition, cost code, etc.). If errors found, print

screen.

If errors found - contact servicing Material Support

Specialist (MSS) with information to correct receipt in

DSS. Follow-up with MSS until the receipt is posted

correctly in D035K/RINA screen. File stuffer, no other

action required.

If the above 6 steps do not produce a valid D6 in

D035K, FAX or e-mail the following package to the

Storage and Distribution Division (S&D) Inventory

COSIS Team:

a. DDOO stamped D6 Stuffer (if stamped D6 stuffer

is unavailable, submit a copy of the D6 stuffer);

b. Checklist (signed by Air Force (W)SSC personnel

and supervisor/lead); c. Any screen prints

Supervisor/Lead Signature:

(W)SSC

Personnel

Signature:

Date FAXED to S&D Inventory COSIS Team:

(W)SSC Personnel FAX #:

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 115

MSS will:

Check

Done

Remarks

Check D035K/DSS balances.

Research D035K/DSS for any inventory adjustments

for same condition code, within the same timeframe.

(FB20XX or SW32XX Document Numbers or DSS

Found on Base Transaction).

Check D035K/RINE & DSS by document number and

NSN for turn-in.

MSS will e-mail or FAX package to Storage &

Distribution COSIS team and provide assistance to

the COSIS team until discrepancy is resolved.

MSS Signature:

MSS

Supervisor/Lead

Signature:

Date Faxed/E-mailed to S&D Inventory COSIS Team

(if applicable):

COSIS Personnel FAX #:

Verify all documentation and correct records as required.

FAX checklist back to MSS and Air Force (W)SSC

personnel within 3 workdays with disposition of

turn-in (e.g., receipt processed in D035K or the

reason why the turn-in could not be processed).

File completed documentation.

S&D COSIS Team Member Signature:

S&D COSIS Team

Supervisor/Lead

Signature:

Remarks:

Date completed and

e- mailed/faxed

back:

DLA-OC QAAE Form 14 (August 18, 2015)

18.40.4. (Added) Records shall be filed, maintained and controlled per AFI33-322, Records

Management and Information Governance Program, and shall be retained IAW applicable

AFRIMS table and rule.

Figure 18.13. (Added) Sample AFSC Form 231 Add/Change Request.

INDUSTRIAL PRODUCT- SUPPORT VENDOR (IPV)

CHANGE REQUEST

ADD:

CHANGE:

DELETE:

ICR#:

PART I - INFORMATION

1. ORGANIZATION:

2. OFFICE:

3. RCC:

4. KIT ID:

5. CURRENT REVISION:

6. NAME:

7. EMAIL:

8. BLDG:

9. POST:

10. BSL/MACHINE NAME

11. FIRST KIT NEED DATE:

12. T.O. FIG, INDEX:

13. NEW KIT REVISION: 14. NOMENCLATURE:

15. DOES THIS REQUIRE A NEW CONTAINER? YES NO

16. DO YOU HAVE ENOUGH KIT CONTAINERS TO SUPPORT THE KIT MAX DELIVERY SCHEDULE?

YES NO N/A

17. IS THE CONTAINER CONFIGURATION ABLE TO ACCOMMODATE REQUESTED CHANGES? YES NO N/A

PART II - ENDORSEMENT

18. PRODUCTION SUPERVISOR:

19. PLANNING REPRESENTATIVE:

20. DLA COR OFFICE:

21. IPV CONTRACT REPRESENTATIVE:

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 117

PART III - COMPLETION BY AUTHORIZED OBWC STAFF

INFORM MAINTENANCE PLANNER, SHOP SUPERVISOR, INITIATOR, AUTOCRIB/POINT OF USE, AND UPDATE REPOSITORY.

22. OBWC IPV ANALYST:

23. NOTES:

SEE ADD CHANGE DELETE SPREADSHEET FOR DETAILED LIST OF MATERIAL.

AFSC Form 231, 20200317

18.43.1.1. (Added) All OC-ALC maintenance areas are considered supported by the Industrial

Product-Support Vendor (IPV) program with the exception of the 76 SMXG, 76 MXSG, and

recurring requirements in any maintenance group that require direct material expensing on a “T”,

“M” or “S” job. IPV bench stock consists of only indirect consumable material. Direct material

will not be supported through the IPV contract.

18.43.1.2. (Added) NSNs supported through the IPV program are generally defined as indirect,

low-cost bench stock with frequent demand owned and used by the maintenance activity located

on the shop floor close to the mechanic.

18.43.1.3. (Added) Items on bench stock with no replenishment action in 18 or more months will

be recommended for deletion and reviewed in coordination with maintenance groups and the OC-

ALC/OBWC.

18.43.1.4. (Added) Material is inventoried, replenished, billed, and expensed by IPV contract

personnel IAW the DLA IPV contract.

18.43.1.5. (Added) All IPV supported bench stocks are managed outside the AF legacy system

(D035K).

18.43.1.6. (Added) Only NSNs managed by DLA with a source of supply code of strategic

material sourcing (SMS) can be maintained in IPV bench stock. Part numbered items can be

included on an exception basis at the request of the maintenance customer if the federal stock class

is managed by DLA.

18.43.1.7. (Added) Additions to bench stock: When an NSN is identified to be added to bench

stock under the IPV contract, the following process will be completed. Any item with a unit price

greater than $250 and the unit of issue is “each” will require coordination by the group business

office prior to loading to bench stock.

18.43.1.7.1. (Added) The responsible maintenance planner will submit an Industrial Product-

Support Vendor (IPV) Change Request (ICR Form) AFSC Form 231 on behalf of the shop floor.

This form can be obtained at https://www.e-publishing.af.mil/Product-Index/. The form

requires the Production shop Supervisor, planner, DLA Core Office, IPV contract representative,

and OC-ALC-OBWC /IPV Analyst coordination/signature. Planners will be required to validate

the item to be added applies to the applicable technical order to which it is being requested and is

an expendable/indirect asset that is not maintained as direct material on the bill of material (BOM).

Direct material items cannot be added to bench stock. When more than one item is being added at

the same time an electronic spreadsheet will be submitted along with the ICR form by e-mail to:

[email protected] , [email protected], [email protected]. The ICR form and

spreadsheet must contain the following information:

18.43.1.7.1.1. (Added) NSN.

18.43.1.7.1.2. (Added) Part number.

18.43.1.7.1.3. (Added) Noun.

18.43.1.7.1.4. (Added) Unit of issue.

18.43.1.7.1.5. (Added) Bench stock location.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 119

18.43.1.7.1.6. (Added) Bin number (if available).

18.43.1.7.1.7. (Added) Authorized quantity (30 day usage quantity).

18.43.1.7.1.8. (Added) Anticipated yearly demand quantity. 18.43.1.7.1.9. (Added) Unit cost.

18.43.1.8. (Added) The WSSC/Shop Service Center (SSC) chief will certify prior to submission

that there are no current locations establish in “Y” store. If assets are located in “Y” store the

request will be denied until all stock is depleted.

18.43.1.9. (Added) Once the “bench stock change recommendation/approval form” with

appropriate coordination/approval is completed, the planner will forward to DLA Aviation

(DSCR) contracting officer representative (COR) office technical assistant for processing.

18.43.1.10. (Added) The DSCR COR technical assistant researches the eligibility of each NSN

making sure the item is managed by DLA with the correct unit of issue and unit cost. If any errors

are found, the spreadsheet will be returned to the planner for correction. When all the information

is correct, it will be forwarded to OC-ALC/OBWC for final review and approval. If item(s) meet

all requirements, the request will be return back to DLA Aviation for final processing and added

to the IPV Contract. If item(s) do not meet the IPV Contract requirements, the request will be

denied and return back to DLA Aviation, the customer will have to correct and resubmit if item(s)

are still required for production.

18.43.1.11. (Added) Deletions and authorized quantity changes: The OC-ALC/OBWC office

will receive the IPV Recommended Deletions Report (Monthly) and Bin Max Recommendations

Report (Quarterly) from the DSCR COR office The OC-ALC/OBWC offices will suspense the

maintenance groups to review and provide concurrence/non- concurrence on the action.

Recommended deletions will be included for any bin that has not had a replenishment action in

the past 18 months or greater. Each line of the report will be annotated either concur or non-concur.

At any time maintenance groups may request deletions or acquisition quantity changes.

18.43.1.12. (Added) IPV kitting.

18.43.1.12.1. (Added) A list of material (LOM) for each kit will include: part number, national

stock number, nomenclature, quantity and unit of issue.

18.43.1.12.1.1. (Added) Maintenance group planners will review the kit LOM and initiate

add/delete of material for new and existing kits to DLA-Aviation. Kit material items with no

replenishment action in 18 or more months will be recommended for deletion, and reviewed in

coordination with maintenance groups and the OC-ALC/OBWC.

18.43.1.12.1.2. (Added) A kit shall contain three or more NSNs.

18.43.1.13. (Added) All unused kitting material shall be identifiable and returned to the vendor.

Any unused material will be repackaged, labeled, and placed in the designated kit return location.

18.43.1.14. (Added) Kit material shall not be re-deposited or used to replenish stock in open bins

or POU machines.

18.43.1.15. (Added) Task order labor request.

18.43.1.15.1. (Added) The OC-ALC/Financial Management (FM) must approve all requests for

bench stock assistance that fall outside the scope of the IPV contract.

120 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

18.43.1.15.2. (Added) The OC-ALC/FM office is the approving authority for task order

authorizations. The COR office sends a completed task order labor request containing a thorough

description of the work required, the estimated duration, the estimated total cost, and the name of

the government work leader that will oversee the task.

18.43.1.15.3. (Added) The COR office validates weekly task order billings based upon billings

for approved authorizations only.

18.43.1.15.4. (Added) The OC-ALC/FM office will forward the responses to the COR for

processing.

Table 18.23. (Added) OC-ALC Depot MICAP Request Worksheet.

MICAP Checklist

1.NSN (National Stock

Number)

2. NOUN

3.PART NUMBER

4.DATE OF MICAP (Mission Capable)

REQUEST

5. EDD (Estimated Delivery Date)

6.SOS (Source of Supply)

7. QTY/UI

8.MAINTENANCE DOCUMENT TO BE

UPGRADED:

9.FB REQUISTION NUMBER:

10. SERIAL/TAIL#

11.PST Name:

12. PST (Production Support Technician)

SIGNATURE (DATE)

13. IMPACT STATEMENT /OTHER INFO, (IF ASSET IS NOT RECEIVED)

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 121

Chapter 19

AIRCRAFT GROUNDING (MATERIEL DEFECT) PROGRAM

19.1.1.2. (Added) 76 AMXG. In these circumstances, the affected unit will follow impoundment

procedures specified in Chapter 9.

19.3.2. (Added) 76 AMXG. Group CCs will coordinate with OC-ALC/CC and/or affected

SPO/cognizant engineering authority when defects are discovered during overhaul of depot assets

that have the potential for personal injury and/or further equipment damage.

122 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Chapter 20

MAINTENANCE TRAINING

20.2.2.1.1. (Added) Special certification rosters (SCRs) will be reviewed semi-annually.

20.2.3.5.2. (Added) This roster will also identify those personnel authorized, as required, to

certify red X items on aircraft equipment forms.

20.3.5.4.3. (Added) Participate in the development of local supplements to this instruction.

20.3.5.7.8.1. (Added) Make available to the OC-ALC PAC program manager, a list of all

appointed qualification officials (QOs) and subject matter experts (SMEs) authorized to perform

reviews on SSQs.

20.3.5.7.8.2. (Added) Make available to the OC-ALC PAC program manager, a list of all subject

matter experts authorized to perform reviews on structured on-the-job training (SOJT).

20.3.5.8.2.1. (Added) Any mechanic/technician in a training status for a PAC task shall have a

PAC task assigned and an on-the-job training (OJT) start date entered.

20.3.5.8.7.1. (Added) Supervisor will notify the group PAC/training manager within five

business days of the employee’s transfer, retirement or termination.

20.3.5.9.3. (Added) Employee Bill of Rights. OC-ALC personnel shall be empowered to take

responsible actions that contribute to safety, quality, and productivity. To make this happen, the

following employee rights are guaranteed without threat or fear of reprisal:

20.3.5.9.3.1. (Added) The RIGHT to challenge business as usual.

20.3.5.9.3.2. (Added) The RIGHT to be heard.

20.3.5.9.3.3. (Added) The RIGHT to expect commitment to quality.

20.3.5.9.3.4. (Added) The RIGHT to place quality before production.

20.3.5.9.3.5. (Added) The RIGHT to feel genuine pride in OC-ALC products and services.

20.3.5.9.3.6. (Added) The RIGHT to notify chain of command of any conditions that

compromise the ability to produce a safe and quality built product during the performance of

assigned duties.

20.3.6.1.5. (Added) PAC qualification tasks may be established to document OJT and

qualification for work that does not relate to a WCD or require stamping of a WCD. IAW AFI36-

2650 AFMCSUP, Maintenance Training. Qualification tasks do not have to meet the same task

title requirements as Certification tasks. For more information about the creation/use of

qualification tasks, refer to AFI36-2650 AFMCSUP.

20.3.8.4. (Added) PAC training. Personnel who perform depot maintenance shall complete

applicable training requirements prior to PAC certification. All training required for PAC task

certification shall be documented in TSS-PAC.

20.3.12.2.1. (Added) Personnel NH-04/WS-18 and above, their military equivalent and

contractors are exempt from the requirement to perform an annual review of their own records if

they are not covered by the PAC program or do not stamp off WCDs.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 123

20.3.13.2.1. (Added) Also, non-routine work can consist of workloads considered prototype,

first-article, one-time occurrence or based on a limited production run in which there is no PAC

certified employee.

20.3.13.2.2. (Added) Non-routine work for workloads already established, but not accomplished

for such a long period of time that there is not a PAC certified technician available, the supervisor

will PAC certify the best qualified journeyman technician to perform the task(s).

20.3.13.2.3. (Added) Non-routine work for prototype and first-article workloads in which there

are no PAC certified employees, the supervisor will select the best qualified journeyman

technician. (76 PMXG only: These selected technicians will be appointed in writing by the group

commander or deputy commander on a SCR for this type workload). The technician will then

accomplish the task under the oversight of the appropriate OC-ALC Group Production

Engineering authority and not need to be PAC certified; however, the technician will need to meet

all required training to perform the operation, as determined by the appropriate OC-ALC Group

Production Engineering authority. Training will be documented in PAC Form 75 Section III-C and

linked to any formal task related training identified in the technician’s Form 75 Section II. Once

the work is accomplished, the technician will stamp/date the WCD and the appropriate OC-ALC

Group Production Engineering authority will sign their name next to the technicians stamp that all

work performed meets all technical data, safety and other applicable directives.

20.3.13.2.4. (Added) Due to the unique nature of “limited run” workload in the Repair and

Development (R&D) Section in 76 PMXG, the R&D Section can establish an SCR for this

workload. The technician will then accomplish the task under the oversight of the appropriate OC-

ALC Group Production Engineering authority and not need to be PAC certified; however, the

technician will need to meet all required training to perform the operation, as determined by the

appropriate OC-ALC Group Production Engineering authority. Training will be documented in

PAC Form 75 Section III-C and linked to any formal task related training identified in the

technician’s Form 75 Section II. Once the work is accomplished, the technician will stamp/date

the WCD and the appropriate OC-ALC Group Production Engineering authority will sign their

name next to the technicians stamp that all work performed meets all technical data, safety and

other applicable directives. If this workload becomes a production workload, PAC tasks will be

established and technicians will be certified IAW PAC policies and procedures.

20.3.13.2.5. (Added) The 76 CMXG Reverse Engineering And Critical Tooling (REACT)

Laboratory utilizes Additive Manufacturing (AM) technologies to create prototypes, form blocks,

fixtures and one-off/limited run weapon system components. REACT also creates technical data

packages utilizing advanced three dimensional scanning equipment. It is impractical for REACT

to create task qualifications/certifications for every part or technical data package submitted.

Therefore, a Special Certification Roster (SCR) will be created for limited run tasks conducted

within REACT. A technician will accomplish the task(s) under the oversight of the engineering

authority and need not be PAC certified. The technician will meet all required training to perform

the task(s) as determined by the engineering authority. On-the-Job (OJT) Training will be

documented utilizing TSS-PAC Form 75 Section III-Q and linked to any formal task-related

training identified in the technician’s Form 75 Section II. Once the work is accomplished, the

technician will sign/date the Work Control Document that the work is complete and the appropriate

OC-ALC Group Production Engineering authority will sign/date next to the technician’s signature

that all work performed meets all technical data, safety and other applicable directives. If/when a

124 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

limited run becomes a production workload, it will be given to an existing production organization

who will establish PAC tasks and certify technicians IAW PAC policies and procedures.

20.3.14.3.2.1. (Added) Any mechanic/technician in a training status for a PAC task shall have a

PAC task assigned and an OJT start date entered.

20.3.14.4.2. (Added) Decertification information is not to be entered in Section IV.

20.3.14.4.3. (Added) Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) information

shall not be entered in Section IV.

20.3.14.4.4. (Added) When an employee is frozen, a note shall be entered in Section IV and the

User Admin profile to explain the reason.

20.3.14.4.4.1. (Added) Only employees who are on any type of military leave, Family and

Medical Leave Act (FMLA), individual mobilization augmentee (IMA), on extended medical

leave or extended Leave Without Pay (LWOP) and do not report to work shall be placed in the

temporary inactive work center. If the employee is in the temp inactive workcenter, they are not

considered certified and shall not stamp off any WCD for as long as they are assigned to this

workcenter.

20.3.14.4.4.2. (Added) The group training manager shall be responsible for updating the notes

every 90 days.

20.3.15.2.2. (Added) The PAC/training inspections for PAC certified employees shall be

conducted face-to-face with at least one inspection each quarter. Notification to the OC-ALC PAC

Program Manager shall be given within 5 business days of inspections. The OC-ALC PAC

Program Manager reserves the right to accompany the Group PAC Managers to ensure

compliance.

20.3.15.2.3. (Added) Group PAC Program Managers are to provide to the OC-ALC PAC

Program Manager an updated list of first-line supervisors quarterly.

20.4.3.1. (Added) When a written test is required, it will be conducted prior to the demonstration

of proficiency. If the employee is being qualified/requalified on the SSQ and fails (the written test

or any part of the demonstration of proficiency) the employee shall be immediately decertified by

the employee’s supervisor on all tasks related to the SSQ. It is the responsibility of the SSQ QO to

notify the supervisor, in writing, when an employee fails any part of the

qualification/requalification process.

20.4.6.2.1. (Added) The group PAC program manager must oversee the development of local

SSQ procedures including regulatory documents, application, qualification, re-qualification, and

disqualification criteria IAW with this supplement. Locally added SSQ procedures will be

established in group operating instructions. Locally added SSQs are as follows:

20.4.6.2.2. (Added) Life support.

20.4.6.2.3. (Added) KC-135 air refueling boom rigging.

20.4.10.2.5.2. (Added) Blank or N/A entries are not permitted on the SSQ proficiency

worksheets for any steps or prerequisite dates. Every blank/block on the worksheet requires a

proper entry.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 125

20.4.10.2.5.3. (Added) The completion date for the SSQ shall not be the same completion date

as the SOJT.

20.4.10.2.5.4. (Added) After successful completion of the written examination, the employee

will then complete the required demonstration of proficiency.

20.4.10.2.6.1. (Added) Review all written test material for validity at the same time the SSQ

material is reviewed during the triennial review period or at such time as changes are made to the

SSQ requirements.

20.4.10.2.6.2. (Added) In addition, the SSQ written tests being administered by the E-Testing

System are to be reviewed every 15 months with notification to the OC-ALC PAC Manager upon

completion.

20.4.10.2.8.2. (Added) When the QO witnesses a deficiency during the demonstration of

proficiency, the QO will notify the supervisor and the technician shall be decertified.

20.4.10.2.8.3. (Added) Upon failure of an SSQ requalification, the supervisor will ensure that

the failure has been input into TSS for the appropriate SSQ.

20.4.11.10.7.2.1. (Added) Non-qualified or non-certified personnel may assist if they are in a

training status or when performing ancillary duties in support of and under the direct supervision

of fully qualified and certified egress personnel.

20.4.11.14.4.1.1. (Added) The demonstration of proficiency (practical) will not be completed

until after a successful completion of the written general and written specific tests.

20.4.11.14.5.1.1. (Added) The demonstration of proficiency (practical) will not be completed

until after a successful completion of the written general and written specific tests.

20.4.11.19.7. (Added) Welders shall not perform a penetrant test on their own welds. This must

be performed by another mechanic/technician who is NDI SSQ qualified.

20.4.13.1. (Added) The skill and grade requirement on the SSQ guide is to list the primary grade

and skill for which the SSQ is intended. Other skills and grades can utilize the SSQ guide and

worksheets as determined by the workcenter supervisor.

20.5.4.6. (Added) Aircraft jet engine exhaust inspection shall be included with all requirements

as stated above.

126 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

Chapter 22

CONTRACT SURVEILLANCE

22.2.1.1.2.1. (Added) The Functional Services Manager (FSM)duties are delegable to the COR

supervisor or one pay grade level above the COR. The FSM will be designated by appointment

letter, within 30 days after contract award. The appointment letter is maintained in the contract

folder.

22.2.1.1.9.1. (Added) Program Model Assessment Process (PMAP) and Performance Plan (PP)

are synonymous.

22.2.1.1.9.2. (Added) Performance plan. The purpose of a PP is to provide a planned process for

surveilling the contractor's actual performance, and comparing that performance against the

contractual requirements to determine conformity with the technical requirements of the contract.

The PP shall identify and describe the roles and responsibilities for implementing and maintaining

the following key elements of managing and executing a contract performance management

assessment program: See Figure 22.1.

Figure 22.1. (Added) Key performance plan elements.

Performance assessment planning & preparation

Performance assessment

Performance assessment results analysis

Performance assessment reporting

Performance assessment follow-up

Performance assessment report closure

22.2.1.1.9.3. (Added) PP development. PP development is mandatory for all AF units that fall

under the purview of this supplement. It is the responsibility of the FSM and Chief COR to ensure

a PP effectively measures and evaluates a contractor. When properly developed the PP provides

CORs with information to identify acceptable performance and potential reasons for any

nonconforming performance.

22.2.1.1.9.4. (Added) PP inspection elements. Items included in the applicable contract

requirements document are required PP inspection elements.

22.2.1.1.9.5. (Added) Identify additional contract surveillance requirements in the PP. PP

surveillance will be based on the minimum surveillance necessary to assess effective and efficient

contractor compliance to performance work statement requirements. Surveillance methods shall

be based on performance-based contract assessment methods and techniques. The PP shall avoid

using traditional legacy system methods such as stove-pipe checklists and constant inspection.

22.2.1.1.9.6. (Added) Identify and describe performance-based contract assessment techniques

and their application. The PP shall also describe how to document and report exceptional and

unacceptable performance.

22.2.1.1.9.7. (Added) Establish and assign responsibilities in the PP for verifying costs of

reimbursable items, to include items purchased through the micro-purchase program, when

applicable.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 127

22.2.1.1.9.8. (Added) Establish procedures to review, evaluate, and provide comments and

recommendations to contractor proposals. These proposals are for contract modifications not for

new contracts.

22.2.1.1.9.9. (Added) Include procedures for development, and coordination of monthly

surveillance schedules.

22.2.1.1.9.10. (Added) Ensure contractor hours of operation are surveilled on a random basis to

include all shifts, weekends, and holidays the contractor works.

22.2.1.1.9.11. (Added) The scope of contract performance assessment or inspection shall be

based on past performance, mandatory, statutory, and regulatory requirements. Performance

assessment planning shall consider operational risk, service complexity, and criticality as factors

in deciding the performance assessment plan from month to month.

22.2.1.1.12.1. (Added) Surveillance scheduling. The COR will develop a monthly schedule of

surveillance activities based on PP requirements. The schedule must be completed no later than

five duty days prior to the beginning of the period it covers. The FSM must review and return the

schedule to the COR no later than the last day of the month proceeding the scheduled month. The

Chief COR must provide a copy of the schedule to the procuring contracting officer

(PCO)/administrative contracting officer (ACO) before the start of the surveillance period. Post

changes to scheduled observations as they occur and send copies to the PCO/ACO and FSM as

requested.

22.2.1.1.12.1.1. (Added) If minimum monthly surveillance requirements cannot be met due to

equipment non-availability or special circumstances, an explanation on the summary for each

missed area and/or inspection category is required. In such cases an approval statement from the

FSM and PCO/ACO for the variance is required.

22.2.1.1.12.1.2. (Added) The Chief COR shall adjust surveillance activities commensurate with

contractor’s performance and level of risk to the government should the contractor not perform in

an acceptable manner. If a particular function of the contractor’s performance has a continuing

record of acceptable performance and unacceptable performance would not likely result in loss of

life to AF personnel or damage to government property, surveillance of that function should be

reduced. If contractor performance of a function is less than satisfactory, surveillance of that

function should be increased. When this is determined to be appropriate, the chief COR, with FSM

and PCO/ACO approval, will adjust the surveillance schedule.

22.2.1.1.12.1.3. (Added) Technical inspections (TI). TI requirements of a contract are surveilled

by performing TIs. Any maintenance task accomplished in accordance with technical guidance,

(TO, work-card, etc.) qualifies for COR surveillance under the technical inspection concept.

Inspections may be performed while maintenance is being performed (concurrently) or after the

fact. CORs surveilling contracts that do not have technical inspections specifically addressed in

this supplement will use the procedures in this paragraph to perform technical inspections included

in the PP. COR accomplish TIs by evaluating the following:

22.2.1.1.12.1.4. (Added) Checking a minimum of 50 percent of the required inspection items.

Normally, disassembly of a part, removal of a stress panel, or similar actions is not necessary to

accomplish a TI.

128 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

22.2.1.1.12.1.5. (Added) Review of the aircraft or equipment forms and the MIS for proper

documentation (applicable to the job being surveilled); checking for proper and current technical

data usage; proper tool usage; and after maintenance FO checks of the area in which the task was

performed.

22.2.1.1.12.1.6. (Added) Minimum technical inspection surveillance requirements/frequencies

for applicable aircraft and trainer transient aircraft will be determined by Air Force Sustainment

Center (AFSC). The FSM, PCO/ACO and chief COR, using AFSC guidance will jointly determine

any additional surveillance requirements associated with maintenance contracts.

22.2.1.1.12.1.7. (Added) COR activities surveilling AF maintenance contracts not specifically

addressed in this chapter will use the contract Section C requirements document to determine

technical area surveillance requirements. As a minimum, include a percentage of each technical

inspection in the contractor's quality control (QC) program requirements outlined in the contract

Section C requirements document.

22.2.1.1.12.1.8. (Added) TI ratings. TI will be rated as either conforms or non-conforms. Assign

non-conforms ratings when one of the following conditions occurs:

22.2.1.1.12.1.9. (Added) A step serious enough to adversely affect the performance of the

equipment involved is omitted or improperly completed.

22.2.1.1.12.1.10. (Added) A major or red X discrepancy is detected.

23.2.1.1.12.1.11. (Added) The performance threshold, if established, is not met.

22.2.1.1.12.1.12. (Added) Assign a technical rating inspection as acceptable when the total

number of minor discrepancies does not exceed the applicable baseline or acceptable quality level

(AQL) contained in the quality control/assurance requirements of the contract.

22.2.1.1.12.1.13. (Added) CORs at units operating from a contract Section C requirements

document with a service delivery summary (SDS) will ensure applicable standards identified in

the SDS are considered during the development of technical inspection requirements.

22.2.1.1.12.1.14. (Added) Follow-up TIs. Follow-up TIs are inspections accomplished that

follow behind the contractor’s QC for the purpose of verifying the contractor’s quality program.

All units, to include contract logistics service contracts, will identify select technical inspections

contained in their PP. The Chief COR schedules a sufficient percentage of technical inspections

as follow-up technical inspections. These inspections may be performed in conjunction with other

inspection requirements. If this option is used, document each inspection separately.

22.2.1.1.12.1.15. (Added) As with TIs, follow-up TIs may also be performed concurrently or

after contractor QC inspections. Include these requirements in the PP and the monthly surveillance

schedule. Note: The Chief COR may elect to do QC follow-up inspection on observation work

areas as well.

22.2.1.1.12.1.16. (Added) Follow-up technical inspection ratings. Follow-up technical

inspections will be rated the same as technical inspections.

22.2.1.1.12.1.17. (Added) Observation area inspections will be accomplished at least annually

and listed on the monthly schedule.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 129

22.2.1.1.12.1.18. (Added) Safety. Document violations of Occupational Safety and Health

Administration (OSHA) or Air Force Occupational Safety and Health Standards (AFOSHSTD)s

that clearly present a potential to damage or injure government resources as part of the inspection

being performed or, if appropriate, "as observed." The documentation should clearly indicate the

potential to damage or injure government resources. CORs do not document violations of OSHA

or AFOSHSTDs that do not present the potential to damage or injure government resources; rather

they will informally notify the site supervisor and PCO/ACO.

22.2.1.1.12.1.19. (Added) Documentation file inspections. Rate documentation file inspections

for aircraft, support equipment, and engines. The inspections include review of the status and

historical documents (include documents in the MIS). Send discrepancies found in the historical

documents file to the contractor for corrective action. Actual discrepancies are not corrected except

for items of a historical nature, including automated documents that can be verified from other

sources. Specifically:

22.2.1.1.12.1.20. (Added) Each incorrect clearing of a red X symbol, erasures of symbols,

overdue time change items (TCI)s, and overdue inspections caused by improper documentation

are considered major discrepancies. The correct use and clearance of red X symbols are items of

special attention during documentation file inspections. CORs must ensure unsafe or unfit for

operation conditions are represented by red X entries and these entries are properly cleared.

22.2.1.1.12.1.21. (Added) Documenting/correcting contractor performance. COR technical,

observation area, or as observed inspections will be documented using applicable AF forms or

electronic equivalent. Document any discrepancies as soon as they are discovered, and notify the

contractor as soon as the surveillance is completed. After the surveillance form is completed,

CORs must also request a contractor representative to initial the document on which the inspection

is recorded to acknowledge receipt of performance assessment results and not necessarily

concurrence with the findings. If the contractor representative refuses to initial, it is so noted by

the COR. A date and time the discrepancy is discovered is also annotated, and the contract

representative is asked to correct the problem. Document and bring to the attention of the

contractor errors found in services not scheduled for observation, but do not use unscheduled or

as observed inspections to determine performance acceptability for the contractors monthly rating.

22.2.1.1.12.1.22. (Added) End of month surveillance summary. At the end of each month the

Chief COR compiles a monthly summary of all COR surveillance activities for the month. The

content, format and routing of the end of month surveillance summary will be determined by each

MAJCOM.

22.2.1.1.12.1.23. (Added) Contractor non-conformance. If at any time during the surveillance

rating period (typically monthly or quarterly as specified by the contract Section C requirements

document), the results of surveillance required by the PP show the number of unacceptable

observations do not meet contract standards or performance requirements, and the Chief COR

determines it is not government caused, the COR organization initiates a corrective action request

specified by the applicable contract or a form specified by the MAJCOM. If not specified in the

contract, corrective action request (CAR) reporting forms will be determined by the program

management office (PMO).

130 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

22.2.1.1.12.1.24. (Added) Forward the completed report to the PCO/ACO for evaluation. If the

PCO/ACO determines it is appropriate, send the report to the contractor, with return receipt

requested. The contractor normally has 15 calendar days from date of receipt to return the report

to the PCO/ACO with a response as to cause, corrective action, and actions taken to prevent

recurrence. The PCO/ACO, in consultation with the COR, evaluates the contractor's response and

takes appropriate action.

22.2.1.1.12.1.25. (Added) If the contractor’s actions cited by the contractor in their response to

the report fail to correct the area of non-conformance, the chief COR ensures another corrective

action request is initiated for any subsequent surveillance rating periods in the same

nonconforming area.

22.2.1.1.12.1.26. (Added) If any areas of non-conformance are not corrected using previous

guidance, it is the responsibility of the FSM to contact the PCO/ACO or government program

office to initiate discussion with corporate headquarters or issue a cure notice. In extreme

circumstances a show cause notice or a contract termination notice may be required as determined

by the FSM and PCO.

22.2.1.1.12.1.27. (Added) Past performance reporting. COR organizations in coordination with

the FSM and PCO/ACO will accomplish annual contractor performance reporting using the

Contractor Performance Assessment Reporting System (CPARS) as identified in the July 2018 AF

CPARS guide. For more information: http://www.cpars.gov/refmatl.htm.

22.2.1.1.12.1.28. (Added) Acceptance of services will be accomplished utilizing Form DD250,

Material Inspection and Receiving Report, or in the Wide Area Workflow Payment in the

Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment (PIEE). It is the Chief COR’s responsibility to

validate the accuracy of financial figures submitted by the contractor prior to the government

paying for services.

22.2.1.1.12.1.29. (Added) Award fee administration. Award fee management procedures will be

determined by the applicable contract award fee evaluation plan or AFSC determined procedures.

22.6.1.1. (Added) A primary and a minimum of one alternate COR will be assigned to each

contract.

22.6.1.2. (Added) FSM Role. The FSM is the government’s functional authority for the

contracted function. The FSM retains all responsibility for the success or failure of the contracted

function, the same as if the contracted function was an organic activity. The functional area

includes all maintenance activities as defined in the contract Section C requirements document. In

addition to the duties and responsibilities outlined in AFSCMAN21-102, the FSM shall:

22.6.1.2.1. (Added) Keep up-to-date on mission changes that could affect creation of a contract

modification.

22.6.1.2.2. (Added) Ensure the development of a QASP that effectively measures and evaluates

contractor performance throughout the life of the contract or management plan.

22.6.1.2.3. (Added) The QASP implements the requirements of applicable guidance and this

chapter.

22.6.1.2.4. (Added) Review problem areas and when applicable coordinate with the PCO/ACO

to resolve the problems. If the problem cannot be resolved, request assistance through command

channels.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 131

22.6.1.2.5. (Added) Review documents related to default/re-compete prior to scheduled re-

competition; contract requirements document or scope of work modifications; changes to award

fee plan (if applicable) to new or revised DoD, AF, MAJCOM, and local directives.

22.6.1.2.6. (Added) Review contractor proposals to new or revised DoD, AF, MAJCOM and

local directives.

22.6.1.2.7. (Added) Coordinate waiver requests with the AFSC/LG staff through the appropriate

chain of command when initiated by the contractor, most efficient organization (MEO), or high

performing organization (HPO).

22.6.1.2.8. (Added) Ensure the use of performance-based contract assessment tools (e.g., process

and systems audits, compliance checklists, random sampling or other frequency-based inspection

methods, etc.) to monitor contractor submission of required reports according to the contract

requirements document and management plan.

22.6.1.2.9. (Added) Ensure development of a contingency plan/strike plan for tasks identified as

essential IAW Department of Defense Instruction (DoDI) 1100.22, Policy and Procedures for

Determining Workforce Mix, and annually coordinate with PCO/ACO to revise, update, or change

it.

22.6.1.2.10. (Added) Ensure CORs are not assigned additional duties that interfere with their

ability to fully meet requirements of contract surveillance and other COR duties. CORs are not

exempt from additional duties; the intent is that additional duties do not interfere with the primary

role of contract surveillance and other COR duties.

22.6.1.2.11. (Added) Review contractor developed publications for acceptance prior to final

signature and implementation.

22.6.1.3. (Added) The Chief COR role.

22.6.1.3.1. (Added) The Chief COR ensures contractor performance is surveilled IAW criteria

outlined in the performance work statement, QASP and PP. They are also responsible for reporting

all performance assessment results through the FSM to the PCO/ACO for disposition. The Chief

COR fulfills these responsibilities by overseeing the CORs that have been delegated inspection

and acceptance authority by the PCO/ACO.

22.6.1.3.2. (Added) Responsibilities. Organizations with a single COR position shall utilize this

individual as both the Chief COR and COR. Initial certification and annual evaluations shall be

accomplished by the FSM. Chief CORs shall perform the following:

22.6.1.3.3. (Added) Review the contractor inspection system, quality program or other means

used for control quality and comply with contract requirements. Submit comments through FSM

to PCO/ACO for disposition.

22.6.1.3.4. (Added) Annually review and revise checklists, performance requirements document,

evaluation guides, etc., for currency and completeness.

22.6.1.3.5. (Added) Perform annual over-the-shoulder evaluations of each primary and alternate

COR in the performance of surveillance activities. The purpose of this evaluation is to ensure

proficiency in surveillance techniques. Document the results of the evaluation in the CORs training

records. In large units, this responsibility may be delegated to the COR superintendent, or

equivalent.

132 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

22.6.1.3.6. (Added) Collect, analyze and report award fee data at the end of each award fee period

using applicable award fee evaluation plan.

22.6.1.3.7. (Added) Supplement and perform surveillance activities as required.

22.6.1.3.8. (Added) Develop and maintain the PP and associated contract performance

assessment documentation IAW ACO/PCO guidelines.

22.6.1.3.9. (Added) Ensure development and maintain the PP and associated contract

performance assessment documentation IAW ACO/PCO guidelines.

22.6.1.3.10. (Added) Provide assistance to the wing safety office or equivalent, in mishap and

incident reporting if required.

22.6.1.3.11. (Added) Review contractor developed publications (wing/group instructions) prior

to acceptance and publication to ensure they meet all contractual requirements and do not conflict

with local, MAJCOM, or AF instructions.

22.6.1.3.12. (Added) Ensure discrepancies discovered by CORs are documented in the

appropriate aircraft or equipment forms, and in MIS. CORs will follow-up to ensure the contractor

takes corrective actions and preventive actions.

22.6.1.3.13. (Added) Evaluate contractor proposals and provide comments and

recommendations to the FSM and ACO/PCO.

22.6.1.3.14. (Added) Verify and validate contractor submitted performance indicators.

22.6.1.3.15. (Added) Assist the ACO/PCO in managing government furnished equipment.

22.6.1.3.16. (Added) Acceptance of services will be accomplished utilizing Form DD250 or in

Wide Area Workflow Payment. It is the Chief COR’s responsibility to validate the accuracy of

financial figures submitted by the contractor prior to the government paying for services.

22.6.1.4. (Added) The COR role:

22.6.1.4.1. (Added) The COR role is to observe, then document the overall performance of the

contractor without duplicating or augmenting the contractors QC function. The COR is not part of

the contractors QC function. Additionally, CORs protect the government’s interest by being the

eyes and ears of the FSM and PCO/ACO concerning contractor performance. CORs also provide

technical support to the FSM and PCO/ACO.

22.6.1.4.2. (Added) Responsibilities. The COR is responsible for a wide range of surveillance

requirements related to the surveillance of maintenance contracts. Specifically, the COR will:

22.6.1.4.3. (Added) Know and understand the specifications and requirements of the contract.

22.6.1.4.4. (Added) Know and maintain proficiency in performance based contract assessment

methods.

22.6.1.4.5. (Added) Know and apply the procedures for documenting surveillance.

22.6.1.4.6. (Added) Perform surveillance according to the PP and/or QASP.

22.6.1.4.7. (Added) Attain qualification in the appropriate areas before performing evaluations,

inspections, or surveillance duties unsupervised.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 133

22.6.1.4.8. (Added) Review incoming and outgoing official government and contractor

correspondence, as applicable to what the COR has to surveille.

22.6.1.4.9. (Added) Report findings to PMO for coordination, through PCO prior to forwarding

to MAJCOM (when applicable).

22.6.1.4.10. (Added) Evaluate the effectiveness of the contractor's involvement in mishap

investigations, IAW AFI91-204, Safety Investigations and Reports.

22.6.1.4.11. (Added) Serve as a member of the source selection team when required.

22.6.11.1. (Added) The FSM and Chief COR are responsible for ensuring CORs receive required

training. The following training requirements apply to all CORs:

22.6.11.1.1. (Added) Initial contract surveillance related training. Initial COR contract

surveillance related training consists of formal training conducted in two phases. CORs will

complete this training prior to performing surveillance duties.

22.6.11.1.2. (Added) Contract specific training. Training must be completed for each contract to

which the FSM and COR is assigned. The FSM ensures the PCO/ACO provides this training as

required by Air Force Federal Acquisition Regulation System (AFFARS) Mandatory Procedure

5346.103, The Quality Assurance Program.

22.6.11.1.3. (Added) Refresher training. Refresher training must be completed at least annually

for the purpose of staying current on all contract and performance management assessment plan

changes.

22.6.11.1.4. (Added) COR training certification. CORs will be knowledgeable of the tasks they

surveille. CORs are not required to be certified on specific tasks; rather, they are duty- position

qualified to inspect, surveille, and observe according to the requirements in this supplement and

other applicable directives.

22.6.11.1.5. (Added) COR training records. Training records documenting COR training shall

be maintained IAW AFI36-2651, Air Force Training Program, and the individual training plan

(ITP) (or equivalent system) prior to performing the surveillance. As a minimum, all CORs

(regardless of grade or skill level) must maintain an ITP (or equivalent training records/system)

that identifies specific responsibilities required by this supplement or other applicable directives.

22.6.11.1.6. (Added) Transition administration Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Part 49,

Termination of Contracts. During the transition period of a contract, the COR organization is

responsible to ensure the contractor meets all criteria outlined in the contractor proposed transition

plan.(Added) The COR will develop monthly surveillance schedules based on PP and QASP

requirements. The COR will submit to the chief COR for review and forward to the FSM for

approval prior to CORs submittal to the ACO five duty days prior to the beginning of the period it

covers. The COR must provide a copy of the surveillance schedule to the ACO before the start of

the surveillance period. Post changes to the schedules observations as they occur and send copies

to the ACO and FSM as requested.

134 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

22.7.1.1. (Added) Customer complaint forms will be included.

JEFFREY R. KING, Brigadier General, USAF

Commander, OC-ALC

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 135

Attachment 1

GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION

References

DoDI 1100.22, Policy and Procedures for Determining Workforce Mix, 1 December 2017

TO 00-5-1, Air Force Technical Order System, 15 February 2019

TO 00-20-14, Air Force Metrology and Calibration Program, 30 September 2017

TO 00-25-172, Ground Servicing of Aircraft and Static Grounding/Bonding, 13 March 2017

TO 00-35D-54, USAF Material Deficiency Reporting and Resolution, 1 September 2015

TO 1-1-3, Inspection and Repair of Aircraft Integral Tanks and Fuel Cells, 18 December 2016

DAFI33-360, Publications and Forms Management, 30 November 2015

AFI21-101, Aircraft and Equipment Maintenance Management, 15 January 2020

AFI23-111, Management of Government Property in Possession of the Air Force, 18 November

2018

(Added) AFI32-2001, Fire Emergency Services (FES) Program, 27 September 2018

(Added) AFI33-322, Records Management and Information Governance Program, 22 March

2020

(Added) AFI36-2651, Air Force Training Program, 2 January 2019

AFI36-2650, Maintenance Training, 01 May 2019

AFI90-821, Hazardous Communication (HAZCOM) Program, 12 May 2019

AFI91-204 Safety Investigations and Reports, 26 April 2018

AFI36-2650 AFMCSUP, Maintenance Training, 14 November 2019

(Added) AFI64-117, Government Purchase Card Program, 21 June 2018

AFI90-201 AFMCSUP, The Air Force Inspection System, 9 January 2020

(Added) AFI32-7086 OC-ALCSUP, Hazardous Materials Management, 14 November 2017

(Added) AFMAN32-7002, Environmental Compliance and Pollution Prevention, 03 February

2020

(Added) AFMAN63-144, Business Capability Requirements, Compliance, and System

Acquisition, 24 July 2018

AFMAN91-201, Explosives Safety Standards, 20 March 2017

(Added) AFMAN91-203, Air Force Occupational Safety, Fire, and Health Standards, 10

December 2018

(Added) FAR Part 49, Termination of Contracts, 13 January 2017

(Added) AFFARS Mandatory Procedure, 5346.103, The Quality Assurance Program, August

2005

136 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

(Added) AFMCI21-100, Depot Maintenance Management, 05 September 2018

(Added) AFMCI21-105, Corrosion Program and Marking of Aerospace Equipment, 19

February 2019

(Added) AFMCI21-141, Contract Field Team (CFT) Program, 16 September 2019

(Added) AFMCI65-101, Depot Maintenance Accounting and Production System-Financial

Policy and Procedures for Depot Maintenance), 16 June 2014

AFSCMAN21-102, Depot Maintenance Management, 10 March 2019

(Added) AFSC SOP – CIP Fixed Assets Capitalization and Modifications, 6 November 2017

(Added) AFMCI33-108, 2.11, AFMC Life Cycle Information Technology Governance, 28 May

2014

(Added) TINKERAFBI13-204, Flight and Ground Operations, 31 July 2018

(Added) TinkerAFBI13-213, Airfield Driving, 21 March 2017

(Added) TINKERAFBI21-100, Foreign Object Damage (FOD) and Dropped Object

Prevention (DOP) Programs, 04 February 2019

(Added) OC-ALCI21-203, Equipment-Maintenance/Inspection and Documentation, 14 July

2014

(Added) OC-ALCI32-101, Air Quality Recordkeeping Procedures, 18 January 2017

(Added) OCALCI90-120, Internal Audit System, 28 April 2014

(Added) OCALCI90-420, Corrective Action Tracking System (CATS), 30 April 2014

(Added) OC-ALCI91-11, Incident/Mishap Reporting Procedures, 19 March 2014

(Added) OCALCMAN90-107 OCALC Quality Manual, 24 May 2017

(Added) 76MXSGOI21-917, Process Order Policy & Procedure, 15 April 2020

(Added) 76MXSGOI61-201, Quality Verification Center Operations Methodology, 22

September 2016.

(Added) AFRIMS T21-05 R01.00, Depot Maintenance Projects, 16 May 2005

Prescribed Forms

(Added) OC-ALC Form 4, Capital Investment Program Project Equipment Folder Checklist

(Added) OC-ALC Form 018, Indirect Material Add Form

(Added) OC-ALC Form 52, Parts Identification and Status Tag

(Added) OC-ALC Form 111, Unplanned Material Request

(Added) OC-ALC Form 112, Material Issue Request

(Added) OC-ALC Form 113, Material Request Form

(Added) OC-ALC Form 130, OC-ALC Impoundment Official Checklist

(Added) OC-ALC Form 131, OC-ALC Impoundment Worksheet

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 137

(Added) OC-ALC Form 238, Move Item Support

(Added) OC-ALC Form 301, TO Distribution Change Notice

(Added) OC-ALC Form 415, Material Issue Request

(Added) OC-ALC Form 416, DIFM/DOTM Material Issue Request

(Added) OC-ALC Form 539, Supplemental Listing OC-ALC Maintenance Tool Add-On

Authorization List

Adopted Forms

AF Form 847, Recommendation for Change of Publication

(Added) AF Form 1151, Training Attendance and Rating

AF Form 1297, Temporary Issue Receipt

AFTO Form 22, Technical Manual (TM) Change Recommendation and Reply

AFTO Form 244, Industrial/Support Equipment Record

AFTO Form 252, Technical Order Publication Change Request

AFTO Form 781A, Maintenance Discrepancy and Work Document

AFSC Form 95, Issue Request

AFMC Form 202, Nonconforming Technical Assistance Request and Reply

AFMC Form 206, Temporary Work Request

AFMC Form 310, Lost/Found Item Report

AFMC Form 343, Quality Assurance Assessment

AFMC Form 400, Air Force Materiel Command OBAN Target/Allowance (electronic form

found within Comprehensive Cost and Requirements (CCaR)

AFSC Form 137, Routed Order (Proj Dir)

AFSC Form 173, MDS/Project Operation Assignment

AFSC Form 231 Industrial Product-Support Vendor (IPV) Change Request

AFSC Form 307, Temporary Loan Record

AFSC Form 309, AFMC Tool Control Inventory Record

AFSC Form 311, Certificate of Responsibility for Government Property

AFSC Form 501, Request for Quote/Rough Order of Magnitude

AFSC Form 561, Process Order

AFSC Form 957, Work Control Document (WCD) Change Request

AFSC Form 959, Work Control Document

DD250, Material Inspection and Receiving Report

(Added) DD1348-1A, Issue Release/Receipt Document

138 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

DD1348-6 Single Line Item Requisition System Document, DoD (Manual-Long Form)

DD1574, Serviceable Tag – Materiel

(Added) DD1574-1, Serviceable Label – Materiel

DD2875, System Authorization Access Request (SAAR)

Abbreviations and Acronyms

(Added) 76 AMXG—76 Aircraft Maintenance Group

(Added) 76 CMXG—76 Commodities Maintenance Group

(Added) 76 MXSG—76 Maintenance Support Group

(Added) 76 PMXG—76 Propulsion Maintenance Group

(Added) 76 SWEG—76 Software Engineer Group

(Added) A/C—Aircraft

ABOM—Automated Bill of Materials

(Added) ACD—Add Change Delete

(Added) ACITS—Aircraft Information and Tracking System

ACO—Administrative Contracting Officer

AF—Air Force

AFEMS—Air Force Equipment Management System

(Added) AFFARS—Air Force Federal Acquisition Regulation System

AFGE—American Federation of Government Employees

AFI—Air Force Instruction

AFLCMC—Air Force Life Cycle Management Center

AFMAN—Air Force Manual

AFMC—Air Force Materiel Command

AFMCI—Air Force Materiel Command Instruction

(Added) AFMCSUP—Air Force Materiel Command Supplement

(Added) AFNWC—Air Force Nuclear Weapons Center

(Added) AFOSHSTD—Air Force Occupational Safety and Health Standard

AFRIMS—Air Force Records Information Management Systems

AFSC—Air Force Sustainment Center

(Added) AFSCMAN—Air Force Sustainment Center Manual

AFSO21—Air Force Smart Operations for the 21st Century

AFTO—Air Force Technical Order

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 139

AGE—Aerospace Ground Equipment

(Added) AIDR—Acceptance Inspection Deficiency Report

ALC—Air Logistics Complex

(Added) ALS—Aircraft Logistics Specialist

(Added) AM—Additive Manufacturing

(Added) AM OPS—Airfield Management Operations

AMARG—Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration Group

AOB—Annual Operating Budget

(Added) AP—Annual Program

(Added) APTS—Automated Parts Tracking System

AQL—Accepted Quality Level

(Added) B1—B—B1 Bomber

(Added) B—1/MROTC—B-1/Maintenance Repair Overhaul Technical Center

BOM—Bill of Material

(Added) BPA—Blanket Purchase Agreement

(Added) CA—Custodial Account

CA/CRL—Custodial Account/Custodial Receipt Listing

CAC—Common Access Card

(Added) CAGE—Commercial and Government Entity

CANN—Cannibalization

(Added) CAP—Corrective Action Plan

CAR—Corrective Action Request

(Added) CATS—Corrective Action Tracking System

(Added) CBU—Calibrate Before Use

CC—Commander

CD—Civilian Director

(Added) CCA—Clinger-Cohen Act

(Added) CCaR—Comprehensive Cost and Requirements

CCIV—Cost Class IV

CDDAR—Crash Damaged or Disabled Aircraft Recovery

CFT—Contract Field Team

(Added) CIP—Capital Investment Program

140 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

CL—Civilian Leader

(Added) CLIN—Contract Line Item Number

CM—Corrective Maintenance

CON—Customer Order Number

(Added) CONOPS—Concept of Operations

(Added) COPA—Center of Parts Activity

COR—Contracting Officer Representative

(Added) COSIS—Care of Supply and Storage

(Added) CPARS—Contractor Performance Assessment Reporting System

(Added) CQM—Complex Quality Manager

(Added) CSA—Computer Support Administrator

CSAG-M—Consolidated Sustainment Activity Group Maintenance

(Added) CSN—Control System Number

(Added) CSRD—Communications-Computer Systems Requirements Documents

CSS—Customer Support Specialist

CTK—Consolidated Tool Kit

(Added) CTM—Complex Tool Manager

(Added) D—Director

(Added) D2—Depot Determination

(Added) D6R—Unmatched Turn-in

(Added) DAF—Department of Air Force

(Added) DCMA—Defense Contracting Management Agency

(Added) DCMS DSK—Departmental Cash Management System – Skeleton Records

(Added) DD—Deputy Director

(Added) DDOO—Defense Distribution Depot, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

(Added) DDOO-XICS—Defense Distribution Depot, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, Customer

Service

(Added) DEMIL—Demilitarize

(Added) DF—Due in From Maintenance

(Added) DFARS—Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement

DIFM—Due In From Maintenance

(Added) DIFM DO—Due In From Maintenance Due Out

DIFMS—Defense Industrial Funds Management System

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 141

(Added) DISP—Open Dispute

DLA—Defense Logistics Agency

(Added) DLA—OC/DLDBA—DLA Material Support Stock Control

DMAG—Depot Maintenance Activity Group

DMAPS—Depot Maintenance Accounting and Production System

(Added) DOC—Document

DO—Dropped Object

DoD—Department of Defense

DoDI—Department of Defense Instruction

DOP—Dropped Object Prevention

DOTM—Due Out to Maintenance

DR—Deficiency Report

(Added) DRMO—Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office

(Added) DRMS—Defense Reutilization and Marketing Service

(Added) DRUI—Deficiency Report Unique Identifier

(Added) DSCR—Defense Logistics Agency Aviation

(Added) DSN—Defense Switched Network

(Added) DSS—Data Store System

DSV—Detected Safety Violation

DWCF—Defense Working Capital Fund

(Added) e-PART—Electronic Prioritization and Reporting Template

(Added) e-SSS—Electronic Staff Summary Sheet

EA—Economic Analysis

(Added) EC—Equipment Custodian

(Added) ECP—Entry Control Point

(Added) EDMX—Expeditionary Depot Maintenance

(Added) EESOH-MIS—Enterprise Environmental Safety and Occupational Health-

Management Information System

(Added) EFF—Efficiency

(Added) EID—Equipment Identification Designator

(Added) EIS—Enterprise Information System

(Added) EITDR—Enterprise Technology Data Repository

(Added) EM—Equipment Monitor

142 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

(Added) EME—Equipment Management Element

EPE—Evaluator Proficiency Evaluation

EPS—Exchangeable Production System

(Added) ERMS—Electronic Records Management Systems

ERRC—Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability Code

ES—Equipment Specialist

(Added) ESOC—Emergency Supply Operations Center

EXPRESS—Execution and Prioritization of Repair Support System

(Added) F-JON—Fixed Asset Job Order Number

(Added) FA—Financial Accounting

FAA—Federal Aviation Administration

FAD—Force Activity Designator

FAR—Federal Acquisition Regulation

(Added) FAST—Failure Analysis Service Technology

(Added) FAX—Facsimile

FCF—Functional Check Flight

(Added) FEMWeb—Facilities and Equipment Maintenance Web

(Added) FHB—Routing ID

FMLA—Family and Medical Leave Act

FO—Foreign Object

FOB—Found on Base

FOC—Full Operational Capability

FOD—Foreign Object Damage

FSM—Functional Services Manager

FY—Fiscal Year

(Added) GAFS-BQ—General Accounting and Finance System

GPC—Government Purchase Card

(Added) GTM—Group Tool Manager

(Added) HAM—Amateur Radio

HAZMAT—Hazardous Material

(Added) HD—Hundred

(Added) HIPAA—Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 143

(Added) HM—How Malfunction

HPO—High Performing Organization

HQ—Headquarters

I&S—Interchangeable and Substitution

(Added) IAP—Initial Accumulation Point

IAW—In Accordance With

(Added) ICR—IPV change request

(Added) ID—Identification

IET—Industrial Engineering Technician

(Added) ILF—Indirect Labor Factor

IM—Item Manager

(Added) IMA—Individual Mobilization Augmentee

IPV—Industrial Product-Support Vendor

ISO—International Organization for Standardization

(Added) IT—Information Technology

ITK—Individual Took Kit

ITN—Inventory Tracking Number

(Added) ITP—Individual Training Plan

ITS—Inventory Tracking System

IV—Isolated Violation

JDRS—Joint Discrepancy Reporting System

(Added) JEDMICS—Joint Engineering Data Management Information and Control System

(Added) JEIM—Jet Engine Intermediate Maintenance

JON—Job Order Number

(Added) KA—Leave Without Pay

(Added) LDMS—Lean Depot Management System

(Added) LEAP—Logistics Evaluation Assurance Program

(Added) LM/MT&E—Locally Manufactured/Modified Tools and Equipment

LOM—List of Material

LRDP—Logistics Requirements Determination Process

LWOP—Leave Without Pay

(Added) M—Manual

144 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

(Added) M30—Due Out Validation Listing

MAJCOM—Major Command

MC—Minor Construction

MDS—Mission Design Series

(Added) MEO—Most Efficient Organization

(Added) MGDWRT—Aircraft Maintenance Group Tool Center

MI—Management Inspection

(Added) MIC—Main Issue Center

MILCON—Military Construction

MIPR—Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request

MIS—Management Information System

MISTR—Management of Items Subject to Repair

MOC—Maintenance Operations Center

MP&E—Maintenance Planning and Execution

MPS—Material Processing System

(Added) MPV—Metals Prime Vendor

(Added) MRAG—Mass Request for Retail Transaction History (Screen D035K)

MRT—Maintenance Review Team

MSDS—Material Safety Data Sheets

MSEP—Maintenance Standardization and Evaluation Program

(Added) MSS—Material Support Specialist

(Added) MTIC—Main Tool Issue Center

MWR—Maintenance Work Request

(Added) N—Non Laser

(Added) N/A—Not Applicable

(Added) NCE—Nuclear Certified Equipment

(Added) NDAA—National Defense Authorization Act

NDI—Nondestructive Inspection

NIIN—National Item Identification Number

NIMMS—Naval Air Systems Command Industrial Material Management System

NLT—No Later Than

(Added) NPR—Not Project Required

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 145

(Added) NSL—Non-Stock Listed

NSN—National Stock Number

(Added) O/P—Owner Purpose

(Added) OAA—Organization Approval Authority

(Added) OBAN—Operating Budget Account Number

(Added) OC—Oklahoma City

OC-ALC—Oklahoma City Air Logistics Complex

(Added) OC-ALCI—Oklahoma City Air Logistics Complex Instruction

(Added) OC-ALCMAN—Oklahoma City Air Logistics Complex Manual

(Added) OC-ALCSUP—Oklahoma City Air Logistics Complex Supplement

(Added) OCF—Operational Check Flight

(Added) OFCO—Other Funded Customer Order

OI—Operating Instruction

OJT—On-the-Job Training

(Added) OPER—Operation

OPR—Office of Primary Responsibility

OSD—Office of the Secretary of Defense

OSHA—Occupational Safety and Health Administration

(Added) OT—Overtime

OWO—On Work Order

P&A—Procedures and Analysis

(Added) P/N—Part Number

PAC—Production Acceptance Certification

PAO—Project Administration Office

PAP—Predetermined Acceptance Probability

(Added) PCD—Planned Completion Date

PCO—Procuring Contracting Officer

PDM—Programmed Depot Maintenance

PDMSS—Programmed Depot Maintenance Scheduling System

PDN—Production Number

PE—Personnel Evaluation

(Added) PEO—Program Executive Office

146 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

(Added) PIEE—Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment

(Added) PfM—Portfolio Management

PLA—Planned Labor Application

(Added) PMAP—Performance Management Assessment Plan

PMEL—Precision Measuring Equipment Laboratory

PMO—Program Management Office

(Added) PNSSR—Part Number Supply Support Request

(Added) PO—Process Order

POC—Point of Contact

POU—Point of Use

(Added) POUS—Point of Use Station

(Added) PP—Performance Plan

(Added) PPA—Product Process Audit

PPE—Personal Protective Equipment

PPP—Public Private Partnership

(Added) PPSM—Practical Problem Solving Method

(Added) PR—Project Required

(Added) PR—Purchase Request

(Added) PROD—Product

(Added) PSC—Production Support Center

PST—Production Support Technician

(Added) Q—Quality

QA—Quality Assurance

QAP—Quality Assurance Plan

(Added) QAR—Quality Assessment Rating

QAS—Quality Assurance Specialist

QASP—Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan

QC—Quality Control

QDR—Quality Deficiency Report

(Added) QM—Quality Manager

(Added) QO—Qualification Official (Added) 76 AMXG/QPP—76 Aircraft Maintenance Group

Aircraft Production Engineering Section B

(Added) QTY—Quantity

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 147

QVI—Quality Verification Inspection

(Added) QVIQ—Quality Verification Inspection Q-Stamp

(Added) R&D—Repair and Development

R2D2—Requirements Review and Depot Determination

(Added) RA—Receipt Acknowledgement

(Added) RCA—Root Cause Analysis

RCC—Resource Control Center

(Added) RCN—Report Control Number

(Added) RDS—Records Disposition Schedule

(Added) REACT—Reverse Engineering and Critical Tooling

RFQ—Request for Quote

RI—Routine Inspection

(Added) RIL—Routine Inspection List

(Added) RIMS—Record Information Management System

(Added) RINA—Retail Transaction History Inquiry (Screen in D035K)

(Added) RINE—DIFM Document Number Inquiry (Screen in D035K)

(Added) RLMT—Requirements Lifecycle Management Tool

(Added) RQA—Request for Quality Assistance

(Added) RT—Receipt

(Added) S&D—Storage and Distribution Division

(Added) S/N—Serial Number

(Added) SAF—Secretary of the Air Force

(Added) SAP—Self-Assessment Program

SBSS—Standard Base Supply System

SCR—Special Certification Roster

SDS—Safety Data Sheet

SDS—Service Delivery Summary

SI—Special Inspection

(Added) SIB—Safety Investigation Board

(Added) SIO—Single Investigating Officer

(Added) SIP—Ship in Place

SME—Subject Matter Expert

148 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

(Added) SMS—Strategic Material Sourcing

(Added) SOCCER—Senior Officer Communication and Coordination Electronic Resource

(Added) SOJT—Structured On-the-Job Training

(Added) SOP—Standard Operating Procedures

SOS—Source of Supply

SOW—Statement of Work

SPO—System Program Office

(Added) SPO/JPO—System Program Office/Joint Program Office

(Added) SPOCO—Single Point of Contact Office

SRD—Standard Reporting Designator

SSQ—Special Skills Qualification

(Added) STK—Special Tool Kit

TAA—Time and Attendance

(Added) TAR—Tri-Annual Review

(Added) TASSET—Total Asset

(Added) TCI—Time Change Items

(Added) TCM—Tool Control Monitor

TDR—Teardown Deficiency Reporting

TDV—Technical Data Violation

TDY—Temporary Duty

(Added) TE—Technical Data

(Added) TI—Technical Inspection

(Added) TINKERAFB—Tinker Air Force Base

TK—Tool Kit

(Added) TKCRL—Tool Kit Custodial Receipt

TMDE—Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment

(Added) TMSM—Type, Make, Series, Modification

TO—Technical Order

TODO—Technical Order Distribution Office

(Added) - TOL—Task order labor request

(Added) TOMA—Technical Order Management Activity

TSS—Training Scheduling System

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 149

(Added) U/I—Unit of Issue

UCR—Unsatisfactory Condition Report

UDLM—Unprogrammed Depot Level Maintenance

(Added) UHF—Ultra-High Frequency

USC—United States Code

(Added) VHF—Very High Frequency

WCD—Work Control Document

(Added) WPN—Weapon System Code

(Added) WSSC/SSC—Weapon System Support Center/Shop Service Center

(Added) WUC—Work Unit Code

Terms

(Added) Approval Authority—Senior leader responsible for contributing to and implementing

policies and guidance/procedures pertaining to his/her functional area(s) (e.g., heads of functional

two-letter offices).

(Added) C Stamp—Scheduler Stamp

D035K—Wholesale and Retail Receiving System. The primary data system used to provide

material support for the Air Force depot level operations.

(Added) DD Form—Department of Defense Form

(Added) e-Tools—Electronic tools

(Added) F—Reparable Condition

(Added) FMSuite—Web-based application designed to streamline and automate financial

management processes.

(Added) FOD Boss—Industrial Vacuum

(Added) G402A—Exchangeable Production System

(Added) IET Stamp—Industrial Engineering Technician Stamp

(Added) M Stamp—Maintenance Stamp

(Added) MADVAC—Industrial Vacuum

(Added) MRT Stamp—Maintenance Review Team Stamp

(Added) N Stamp—Nondestructive Inspection Stamp

(Added) P Stamp—Production Supervisor Stamp

(Added) Q Stamp—Quality Stamp

(Added) T-job—Temporary control number

(Added) X Condition—Salvage. Property which has value in excess of its basic material content

but repair or rehabilitation is impractical and/or uneconomical.

150 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021

(Added) X-DRAWINGS—Locally managed engineering drawing extracts

(Added) Y-store—DMAG-owned courtesy storage for material bought in excess to be charged

to another JON as a way of recouping costs for material.

(Added) Z-ing out—Process of deleting information from an official printed WCD. This process

is also used to track changes to WCDs, when a supplemental WCD is requested.

AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021 151

Attachment 2 (Added)

EXAMPLE OF 76 AMXG FCF/OCF CHECKLIST (ALWAYS CHECK FOR THE

CURRENT VERSION)

Figure A2.1. (Added) Example of 76 AMXG FCF/OCF Checklist (Always check for the

current version).

152 AFSCMAN21-102_OC-ALCSUP 3 JUNE 2021